src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73         wxASSERT( attr );
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  77         : coords(other.coords),
  78           attr(other.attr)
  79     {
  80         attr->IncRef();
  81     }
  82
  83     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  84     {
  85         coords = other.coords;
  86         if (attr != other.attr)
  87         {
  88             attr->DecRef();
  89             attr = other.attr;
  90             attr->IncRef();
  91         }
  92         return *this;
  93     }
  94
  95     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
  96     {
  97         if (attr != new_attr)
  98         {
  99             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 100             attr->DecRef();
 101             attr = new_attr;
 102             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 103         }
 104     }
 105
 106     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 107     {
 108         attr->DecRef();
 109     }
 110
 111     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 112     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 113 };
 114
 115 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 116                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 117
 118 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 119
 120 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 121 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 122
 123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 124 // events
 125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 126
 127 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 128 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 129 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 130 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 131 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 132 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 133 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 134 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 135 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 136 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 145
 146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 147 // private classes
 148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 149
 150 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 151 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 152 {
 153 public:
 154     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 155     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 156                     wxWindowID id,
 157                     const wxPoint& pos,
 158                     const wxSize& size,
 159                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 160                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 161         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 162                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 163                    name)
 164     {
 165         m_owner = owner;
 166     }
 167
 168     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 169
 170     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 171
 172 protected:
 173     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 174
 175     wxGrid *m_owner;
 176
 177     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 178     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 179 };
 180
 181 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 182 {
 183 public:
 184     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 185     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 186                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 187
 188 private:
 189     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 190     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 191     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 192
 193     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 194     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 195     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 196 };
 197
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 203     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 204                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 205
 206 private:
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 209     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 210
 211     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 212     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 213     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 214 };
 215
 216
 217 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 218 {
 219 public:
 220     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 221     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 222                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 223
 224 private:
 225     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 228
 229     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 230     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 231     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 232 };
 233
 234 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 235 {
 236 public:
 237     wxGridWindow()
 238     {
 239         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 240         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 241     }
 242
 243     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 244                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 245                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 246                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 247
 248     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 249
 250     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 251
 252 private:
 253     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 254     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 255
 256     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 257     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 258     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 259     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 260     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 261     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 262     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 263     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 264
 265     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 266     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 267     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 268 };
 269
 270
 271 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 275         : m_grid(grid),
 276           m_editor(editor),
 277           m_inSetFocus(false)
 278     {
 279     }
 280
 281     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 282     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 283     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 284
 285     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 286
 287 private:
 288     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 289     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 290
 291     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 292     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 293     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 294
 295     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 296     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 297     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 298 };
 299
 300
 301 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 302
 303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 304     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 305     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 306     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 307 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 308
 309
 310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 311 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 313
 314 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 315 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 316 {
 317 public:
 318     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 319     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 320     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 321     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 322
 323 private:
 324     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 325     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 326
 327     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 328 };
 329
 330 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 331 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 332 {
 333 public:
 334     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 335     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 336     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 337
 338     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 339     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 340     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 341
 342 private:
 343     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 344     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 345 };
 346
 347 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 348 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 349 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 350 {
 351 public:
 352     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 353     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 354                            m_colAttrs;
 355 };
 356
 357
 358 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 359 // data structures used for the data type registry
 360 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 361
 362 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 363 {
 364     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 365                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 366                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 367         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 368         {}
 369
 370     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 371     {
 372         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 373         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 374     }
 375
 376     wxString            m_typeName;
 377     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 378     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 379
 380     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 381 };
 382
 383
 384 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 385                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 389 {
 390 public:
 391   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 392     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 393
 394     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 395                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 396                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 397
 398     // find one of already registered data types
 399     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 400
 401     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 402     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 403     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 404
 405     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 406     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 407     // registered data type and set params for it
 408     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 409
 410     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 411     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 412
 413 private:
 414     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 415 };
 416
 417
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // conditional compilation
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 423 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 424 #endif
 425
 426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 427 // globals
 428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 429
 430 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 431 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 432     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 433     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 434 #endif
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // constants
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 441 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 442
 443 // scroll line size
 444 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 445 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 446 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 447 //
 448 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 449 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 450 //       -- Robin
 451 //
 452 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 453 //       fixing anyhow
 454 //       -- Vadim
 455 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 456 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 457
 458 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 459 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 460 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 461
 462 #if 0
 463 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 464 // private functions
 465 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 466
 467 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 468 {
 469     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 470 }
 471
 472 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 473 {
 474     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 475 }
 476 #endif
 477
 478 // ============================================================================
 479 // implementation
 480 // ============================================================================
 481
 482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 483 // wxGridCellEditor
 484 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 485
 486 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 487 {
 488     m_control = NULL;
 489     m_attr = NULL;
 490 }
 491
 492 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 493 {
 494     Destroy();
 495 }
 496
 497 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 498                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 499                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 500 {
 501     if ( evtHandler )
 502         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 503 }
 504
 505 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 506                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 509     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 510     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 511     if (gridWindow)
 512         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 513
 514     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 515     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 516     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 517
 518     // redraw the control we just painted over
 519     m_control->Refresh();
 520 }
 521
 522 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 523 {
 524     if (m_control)
 525     {
 526         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 527
 528         m_control->Destroy();
 529         m_control = NULL;
 530     }
 531 }
 532
 533 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 534 {
 535     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 536
 537     m_control->Show(show);
 538
 539     if ( show )
 540     {
 541         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 542         if ( attr )
 543         {
 544             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 545             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 546
 547             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 548             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 549
 550 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 551 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 552             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 553             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 554 #endif
 555
 556             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 557             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 558         }
 559     }
 560     else
 561     {
 562         // restore the standard colours fonts
 563         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 564         {
 565             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 566             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 567         }
 568
 569         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 570         {
 571             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 572             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 573         }
 574
 575 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 576 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 577         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 578         {
 579             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 580             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 581         }
 582 #endif
 583     }
 584 }
 585
 586 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 587 {
 588     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 589
 590     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 594 {
 595     event.Skip();
 596 }
 597
 598 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 599 {
 600     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 601     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 602
 603 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 604     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 605     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 606     alt = event.MetaDown();
 607 #endif
 608
 609     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 610     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 611     // through in that case.
 612     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 613         return false;
 614
 615     int key = 0;
 616     bool keyOk = true;
 617
 618 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 619     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 620     // editor.
 621     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 622         return false;
 623 #endif
 624 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 625     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 626     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 627     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 628     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 629     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 630     if (key <= 127)
 631     {
 632         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 633         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 634     }
 635 #else
 636     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 637     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 638 #endif
 639
 640     return keyOk;
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 644 {
 645     event.Skip();
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 649 {
 650 }
 651
 652 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 653
 654 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 655 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 656 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 657
 658 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 659 {
 660     m_maxChars = 0;
 661 }
 662
 663 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 664                                   wxWindowID id,
 665                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 666 {
 667     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 668 }
 669
 670 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 671                                     wxWindowID id,
 672                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 673                                     long style)
 674 {
 675     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
 676
 677     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 678                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 679                                style);
 680
 681     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 682     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 683     {
 684         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 685     }
 686
 687     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 691                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 692 {
 693     // as we fill the entire client area,
 694     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 695 }
 696
 697 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 698 {
 699     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 700
 701     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 702     //
 703     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 704     //
 705 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 706     if (rect.x != 0)
 707     {
 708         rect.x += 1;
 709         rect.y += 1;
 710         rect.width -= 1;
 711         rect.height -= 1;
 712     }
 713 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 714     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 715         rect.x += 2;
 716     else
 717         rect.x += 3;
 718
 719     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 720         rect.y += 2;
 721     else
 722         rect.y += 3;
 723
 724     rect.width -= 2;
 725     rect.height -= 2;
 726 #else
 727     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 728     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 729
 730     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 731         extra_x *= 2;
 732         extra_y *= 2;
 733     #endif
 734
 735     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 736     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 737     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 738     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 739 #endif
 740
 741     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 742 }
 743
 744 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 745 {
 746     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 747
 748     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 749
 750     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 751 }
 752
 753 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 754 {
 755     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 756     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 757     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 758     Text()->SetFocus();
 759 }
 760
 761 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 762 {
 763     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 764
 765     bool changed = false;
 766     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 767     if (value != m_startValue)
 768         changed = true;
 769
 770     if (changed)
 771         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 772
 773     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 774
 775     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 776     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 777
 778     return changed;
 779 }
 780
 781 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 782 {
 783     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 784
 785     DoReset(m_startValue);
 786 }
 787
 788 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 789 {
 790     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 791     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 792 }
 793
 794 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 795 {
 796     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 797 }
 798
 799 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 800 {
 801     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 802     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 803     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 804     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 805
 806     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 807     wxChar ch;
 808     long pos;
 809
 810 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 811     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 812     if (ch <= 127)
 813         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 814 #else
 815     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 816 #endif
 817
 818     switch (ch)
 819     {
 820         case WXK_DELETE:
 821             // delete the character at the cursor
 822             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 823             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 824                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 825             break;
 826
 827         case WXK_BACK:
 828             // delete the character before the cursor
 829             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 830             if (pos > 0)
 831                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 832             break;
 833
 834         default:
 835             tc->WriteText(ch);
 836             break;
 837     }
 838 }
 839
 840 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 841                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 842 {
 843 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 844     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 845     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 846     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 847     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 848     Text()->SetValue(s);
 849     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 850 #else
 851     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 852     //
 853     event.Skip();
 854 #endif
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 858 {
 859     if ( !params )
 860     {
 861         // reset to default
 862         m_maxChars = 0;
 863     }
 864     else
 865     {
 866         long tmp;
 867         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 868         {
 869             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 870         }
 871         else
 872         {
 873             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 874         }
 875     }
 876 }
 877
 878 // return the value in the text control
 879 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 880 {
 881     return Text()->GetValue();
 882 }
 883
 884 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 885 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 887
 888 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 889 {
 890     m_min = min;
 891     m_max = max;
 892 }
 893
 894 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 895                                     wxWindowID id,
 896                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 897 {
 898 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 899     if ( HasRange() )
 900     {
 901         // create a spin ctrl
 902         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 903                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 904                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 905                                    m_min, m_max);
 906
 907         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 908     }
 909     else
 910 #endif
 911     {
 912         // just a text control
 913         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 916         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 917 #endif
 918     }
 919 }
 920
 921 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 922 {
 923     // first get the value
 924     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 925     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 926     {
 927         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 928     }
 929     else
 930     {
 931         m_valueOld = 0;
 932         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 933         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 934         {
 935             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 936             return;
 937         }
 938     }
 939
 940 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 941     if ( HasRange() )
 942     {
 943         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 944         Spin()->SetFocus();
 945     }
 946     else
 947 #endif
 948     {
 949         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 950     }
 951 }
 952
 953 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 954                                      wxGrid* grid)
 955 {
 956     long value = 0;
 957     wxString text;
 958
 959 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 960     if ( HasRange() )
 961     {
 962         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 963         if ( value == m_valueOld )
 964             return false;
 965
 966         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 967     }
 968     else // using unconstrained input
 969 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     {
 971         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
 972         text = Text()->GetValue();
 973         if ( text.empty() )
 974         {
 975             if ( textOld.empty() )
 976                 return false;
 977         }
 978         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
 979         {
 980             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
 981                 return false;
 982
 983             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
 984             // "0" something still did change
 985             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
 986                 return false;
 987         }
 988     }
 989
 990     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
 991     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 992         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 993     else
 994         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
 995
 996     return true;
 997 }
 998
 999 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1000 {
1001 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1002     if ( HasRange() )
1003     {
1004         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1005     }
1006     else
1007 #endif
1008     {
1009         DoReset(GetString());
1010     }
1011 }
1012
1013 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1014 {
1015     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1016     {
1017         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1018         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1019              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1020         {
1021             return true;
1022         }
1023     }
1024
1025     return false;
1026 }
1027
1028 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1029 {
1030     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1031     if ( !HasRange() )
1032     {
1033         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1034         {
1035             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1036
1037             // skip Skip() below
1038             return;
1039         }
1040     }
1041 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1042     else
1043     {
1044         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1045         {
1046             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1047             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1048             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1049             return;
1050         }
1051     }
1052 #endif
1053
1054     event.Skip();
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1058 {
1059     if ( !params )
1060     {
1061         // reset to default
1062         m_min =
1063         m_max = -1;
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         long tmp;
1068         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1069         {
1070             m_min = (int)tmp;
1071
1072             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1073             {
1074                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1075
1076                 // skip the error message below
1077                 return;
1078             }
1079         }
1080
1081         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1082     }
1083 }
1084
1085 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1086 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1087 {
1088     wxString s;
1089
1090 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1091     if ( HasRange() )
1092     {
1093         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1094         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1095     }
1096     else
1097 #endif
1098     {
1099         s = Text()->GetValue();
1100     }
1101
1102     return s;
1103 }
1104
1105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1106 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1110 {
1111     m_width = width;
1112     m_precision = precision;
1113 }
1114
1115 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1116                                    wxWindowID id,
1117                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1118 {
1119     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1120
1121 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1122     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1123 #endif
1124 }
1125
1126 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1127 {
1128     // first get the value
1129     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1130     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1131     {
1132         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1133     }
1134     else
1135     {
1136         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1137
1138         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1139         if ( !value.empty() )
1140         {
1141             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1142             {
1143                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1144                 return;
1145             }
1146         }
1147     }
1148
1149     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1150 }
1151
1152 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1153 {
1154     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1155                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1156
1157     double value;
1158     if ( !text.empty() )
1159     {
1160         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1161             return false;
1162     }
1163     else // new value is empty string
1164     {
1165         if ( textOld.empty() )
1166             return false;           // nothing changed
1167
1168         value = 0.;
1169     }
1170
1171     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1172     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1173     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1174         return false;           // nothing changed
1175
1176     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1177
1178     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1179         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1180     else
1181         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1182
1183     return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1187 {
1188     DoReset(GetString());
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1192 {
1193     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1194     char tmpbuf[2];
1195     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1196     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1197     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1198
1199 #if wxUSE_INTL
1200     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1201        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1202 #else
1203     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1204 #endif
1205
1206     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1207          || is_decimal_point )
1208     {
1209         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1210
1211         // skip Skip() below
1212         return;
1213     }
1214
1215     event.Skip();
1216 }
1217
1218 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1219 {
1220     if ( !params )
1221     {
1222         // reset to default
1223         m_width =
1224         m_precision = -1;
1225     }
1226     else
1227     {
1228         long tmp;
1229         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1230         {
1231             m_width = (int)tmp;
1232
1233             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1234             {
1235                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1236
1237                 // skip the error message below
1238                 return;
1239             }
1240         }
1241
1242         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1243     }
1244 }
1245
1246 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1247 {
1248     wxString fmt;
1249     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1250     {
1251         // default precision
1252         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1253     }
1254     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1255     {
1256         // default width
1257         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1258     }
1259     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1260     {
1261         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1262     }
1263     else
1264     {
1265         // default width/precision
1266         fmt = _T("%f");
1267     }
1268
1269     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1270 }
1271
1272 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1273 {
1274     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1275     {
1276         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1277         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1278         {
1279             char tmpbuf[2];
1280             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1281             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1282             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1283
1284 #if wxUSE_INTL
1285             const wxString decimalPoint =
1286                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1287 #else
1288             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1289 #endif
1290
1291             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1292             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1293                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1294                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1295                             keycode == '+' ||
1296                                 keycode == '-' )
1297             {
1298                 return true;
1299             }
1300         }
1301     }
1302
1303     return false;
1304 }
1305
1306 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1307
1308 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1309
1310 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1312 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 // the default values for GetValue()
1315 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1316
1317 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1318                                   wxWindowID id,
1319                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1320 {
1321     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1322                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1323                                wxNO_BORDER);
1324
1325     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1326 }
1327
1328 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1329 {
1330     bool resize = false;
1331     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1332     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1333
1334     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1335     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1336     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1337     {
1338         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1339         size = sizeBest;
1340
1341         resize = true;
1342     }
1343
1344     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1345     {
1346         // leave 1 pixel margin
1347         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1348
1349         resize = true;
1350     }
1351
1352     if ( resize )
1353     {
1354         m_control->SetSize(size);
1355     }
1356
1357     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1358
1359 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1360     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1361     // so shift it to the right
1362     size.x -= 8;
1363 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1364     // here too, but in other way
1365     size.x += 1;
1366     size.y -= 2;
1367 #endif
1368
1369     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1370     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1371     if (GetCellAttr())
1372         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1373
1374     int x = 0, y = 0;
1375     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1376     {
1377         x = r.x + 2;
1378
1379 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1380         x += 2;
1381 #endif
1382
1383         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1384     }
1385     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1386     {
1387         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1388         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1389     }
1390     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1391     {
1392         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1393         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1394     }
1395
1396     m_control->Move(x, y);
1397 }
1398
1399 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1400 {
1401     m_control->Show(show);
1402
1403     if ( show )
1404     {
1405         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1406         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1407     }
1408 }
1409
1410 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1411 {
1412     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1413                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1414
1415     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1416     {
1417         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1418     }
1419     else
1420     {
1421         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1422
1423         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1424             m_startValue = false;
1425         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1426             m_startValue = true;
1427         else
1428         {
1429             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1430             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1431             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1432             // know about it
1433             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1434         }
1435     }
1436
1437     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1438     CBox()->SetFocus();
1439 }
1440
1441 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1442                                    wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1446
1447     bool changed = false;
1448     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1449     if ( value != m_startValue )
1450         changed = true;
1451
1452     if ( changed )
1453     {
1454         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1455         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1456             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1457         else
1458             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1459     }
1460
1461     return changed;
1462 }
1463
1464 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1465 {
1466     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1467                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1468
1469     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1470 }
1471
1472 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1473 {
1474     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1475 }
1476
1477 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1478 {
1479     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1480     {
1481         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1482         switch ( keycode )
1483         {
1484             case WXK_SPACE:
1485             case '+':
1486             case '-':
1487                 return true;
1488         }
1489     }
1490
1491     return false;
1492 }
1493
1494 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1495 {
1496     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1497     switch ( keycode )
1498     {
1499         case WXK_SPACE:
1500             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1501             break;
1502
1503         case '+':
1504             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1505             break;
1506
1507         case '-':
1508             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1509             break;
1510     }
1511 }
1512
1513 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1514 {
1515   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1516 }
1517
1518 /* static */ void
1519 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1520                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1521 {
1522     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1523     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1524 }
1525
1526 /* static */ bool
1527 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1528 {
1529     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1530 }
1531
1532 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1533
1534 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1535
1536 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1537 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1538 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1539
1540 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1541                                                bool allowOthers)
1542     : m_choices(choices),
1543       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1544
1545 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1546                                                const wxString choices[],
1547                                                bool allowOthers)
1548                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1549 {
1550     if ( count )
1551     {
1552         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1553         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1554         {
1555             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1556         }
1557     }
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1561 {
1562     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1563     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1564     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1565
1566     return editor;
1567 }
1568
1569 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1570                                     wxWindowID id,
1571                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1572 {
1573     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1574                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1575                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1576
1577     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1578         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1579     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1580                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1581                                m_choices,
1582                                style);
1583
1584     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1585 }
1586
1587 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1588                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1589 {
1590     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1591     // flicker
1592
1593     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1594     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1595     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1596     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1600 {
1601     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1602                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1603
1604     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1605     if (m_control)
1606         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1607
1608     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1609     if (evtHandler)
1610         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1611
1612     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1613
1614     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
1615
1616     Combo()->SetFocus();
1617
1618     if (evtHandler)
1619     {
1620         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1621         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1622 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1623         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1624 #endif
1625     }
1626 }
1627
1628 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1629                                      wxGrid* grid)
1630 {
1631     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1632     if ( value == m_startValue )
1633         return false;
1634
1635     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1636
1637     return true;
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1641 {
1642     if (m_allowOthers)
1643     {
1644         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1645         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1646     }
1647     else // the combobox is read-only
1648     {
1649         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1650         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1651         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1652             pos = 0;
1653         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1654     }
1655 }
1656
1657 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1658 {
1659     if ( !params )
1660     {
1661         // what can we do?
1662         return;
1663     }
1664
1665     m_choices.Empty();
1666
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1671     }
1672 }
1673
1674 // return the value in the text control
1675 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1676 {
1677   return Combo()->GetValue();
1678 }
1679
1680 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1681
1682 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685
1686 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1687 {
1688     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1689     if (m_inSetFocus)
1690         return;
1691
1692     // accept changes
1693     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1694
1695     event.Skip();
1696 }
1697
1698 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1699 {
1700     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1701     {
1702         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1703             m_editor->Reset();
1704             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1705             break;
1706
1707         case WXK_TAB:
1708             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1709             break;
1710
1711         case WXK_RETURN:
1712         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1713             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1714                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1715             break;
1716
1717         default:
1718             event.Skip();
1719             break;
1720     }
1721 }
1722
1723 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1724 {
1725     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1726     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1727     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1728     int cw, ch;
1729     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1730
1731     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1732     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1733
1734     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1735     {
1736         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1737         case WXK_TAB:
1738         case WXK_RETURN:
1739         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1740             break;
1741
1742         case WXK_HOME:
1743         {
1744             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1745             {
1746                 // no special processing needed...
1747                 event.Skip();
1748                 break;
1749             }
1750
1751             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             if (col != 0)
1763             {
1764                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1765             }
1766             else
1767             {
1768                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1769             }
1770             event.Skip();
1771             break;
1772         }
1773
1774         case WXK_END:
1775         {
1776             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1777             {
1778                 // no special processing needed...
1779                 event.Skip();
1780                 break;
1781             }
1782
1783             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1784
1785             int textWidth = 0;
1786             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1787             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1788             {
1789                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1790                 int y;
1791                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1792                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1793
1794                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1795                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1796
1797                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1798                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1799                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1800                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1801                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1802                 {
1803                     textWidth = 0;
1804                 }
1805             }
1806
1807             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1808             int colXPos = 0;
1809             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1810             {
1811                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1812             }
1813
1814             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1815             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1816             colXPos += textWidth;
1817
1818             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1819             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1820             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1821             event.Skip();
1822             break;
1823         }
1824
1825         default:
1826             event.Skip();
1827             break;
1828     }
1829 }
1830
1831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1832 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1833 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835
1836 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1837 {
1838     // nothing to do
1839 }
1840
1841 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1842 {
1843 }
1844
1845 // ============================================================================
1846 // renderer classes
1847 // ============================================================================
1848
1849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1850 // wxGridCellRenderer
1851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1852
1853 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1854                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1855                               wxDC& dc,
1856                               const wxRect& rect,
1857                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1858                               bool isSelected)
1859 {
1860     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1861
1862     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1863     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1864     {
1865         if ( isSelected )
1866         {
1867             wxColour clr;
1868             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1869                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1870             else
1871                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1872             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1873         }
1874         else
1875         {
1876             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1877         }
1878     }
1879     else
1880     {
1881         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1882     }
1883
1884     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1885     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1886 }
1887
1888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1889 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1893                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                                      wxDC& dc,
1895                                                      bool isSelected)
1896 {
1897     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1898
1899     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1900
1901     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1902     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1903     {
1904         if ( isSelected )
1905         {
1906             wxColour clr;
1907             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1908                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1909             else
1910                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1911             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1912             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1913         }
1914         else
1915         {
1916             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1917             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1918         }
1919     }
1920     else
1921     {
1922         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1923         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1924     }
1925
1926     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1927 }
1928
1929 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1930                                                wxDC& dc,
1931                                                const wxString& text)
1932 {
1933     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1934     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1935     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1936     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1937     {
1938         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1939         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1940     }
1941
1942     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1943
1944     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1945 }
1946
1947 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                              wxDC& dc,
1950                                              int row, int col)
1951 {
1952     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1953 }
1954
1955 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1956                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1957                                     wxDC& dc,
1958                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1959                                     int row, int col,
1960                                     bool isSelected)
1961 {
1962     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1963     rect.Inflate(-1);
1964
1965     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1966     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1967
1968     int hAlign, vAlign;
1969     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1970
1971     int overflowCols = 0;
1972
1973     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1974     {
1975         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1976         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1977         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1978         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1979         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1980         {
1981             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1982             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1983             {
1984                 bool is_empty = true;
1985                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1986                 {
1987                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1988                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1989                     if (c_rows > 0)
1990                         c_rows = 0;
1991                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1992                     {
1993                         is_empty = false;
1994                         break;
1995                     }
1996                 }
1997
1998                 if (is_empty)
1999                 {
2000                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2001                 }
2002                 else
2003                 {
2004                     i--;
2005                     break;
2006                 }
2007
2008                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2009                     break;
2010             }
2011
2012             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2013             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2014                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2015         }
2016
2017         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2018         {
2019             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2020             wxRect clip = rect;
2021             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2022             // draw each overflow cell individually
2023             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2024             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2025                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2026             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2027             {
2028                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2029                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2030                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2031
2032                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2033                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2034
2035                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2036                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2037                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2038             }
2039
2040             rect = rectCell;
2041             rect.Inflate(-1);
2042             rect.width++;
2043             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2044         }
2045     }
2046
2047     // now we only have to draw the text
2048     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2049
2050     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2051                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2052 }
2053
2054 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2055 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2056 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2057
2058 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2061     wxString text;
2062     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2063     {
2064         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2065     }
2066     else
2067     {
2068         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2069     }
2070
2071     return text;
2072 }
2073
2074 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2075                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2076                                     wxDC& dc,
2077                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2078                                     int row, int col,
2079                                     bool isSelected)
2080 {
2081     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2082
2083     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2084
2085     // draw the text right aligned by default
2086     int hAlign, vAlign;
2087     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2088     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2089
2090     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2091     rect.Inflate(-1);
2092
2093     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2094 }
2095
2096 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2097                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2098                                              wxDC& dc,
2099                                              int row, int col)
2100 {
2101     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2102 }
2103
2104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2105 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2107
2108 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2109 {
2110     SetWidth(width);
2111     SetPrecision(precision);
2112 }
2113
2114 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2115 {
2116     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2117     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2118     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2119     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2120
2121     return renderer;
2122 }
2123
2124 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2125 {
2126     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2127
2128     bool hasDouble;
2129     double val;
2130     wxString text;
2131     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2132     {
2133         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2134         hasDouble = true;
2135     }
2136     else
2137     {
2138         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2139         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2140     }
2141
2142     if ( hasDouble )
2143     {
2144         if ( !m_format )
2145         {
2146             if ( m_width == -1 )
2147             {
2148                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2149                 {
2150                     // default width/precision
2151                     m_format = _T("%f");
2152                 }
2153                 else
2154                 {
2155                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2156                 }
2157             }
2158             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2159             {
2160                 // default precision
2161                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2162             }
2163             else
2164             {
2165                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2166             }
2167         }
2168
2169         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2170
2171     }
2172     //else: text already contains the string
2173
2174     return text;
2175 }
2176
2177 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2178                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2179                                    wxDC& dc,
2180                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2181                                    int row, int col,
2182                                    bool isSelected)
2183 {
2184     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2185
2186     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2187
2188     // draw the text right aligned by default
2189     int hAlign, vAlign;
2190     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2191     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2192
2193     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2194     rect.Inflate(-1);
2195
2196     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2197 }
2198
2199 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2200                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2201                                             wxDC& dc,
2202                                             int row, int col)
2203 {
2204     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2205 }
2206
2207 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2208 {
2209     if ( !params )
2210     {
2211         // reset to defaults
2212         SetWidth(-1);
2213         SetPrecision(-1);
2214     }
2215     else
2216     {
2217         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2218         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2219         {
2220             long width;
2221             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2222             {
2223                 SetWidth((int)width);
2224             }
2225             else
2226             {
2227                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2228             }
2229         }
2230
2231         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2232         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2233         {
2234             long precision;
2235             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2236             {
2237                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2238             }
2239             else
2240             {
2241                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2242             }
2243         }
2244     }
2245 }
2246
2247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2248 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2250
2251 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2252
2253 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2254
2255 // between checkmark and box
2256 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2257
2258 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2259                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2260                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2261                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2262                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2263 {
2264     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2265     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2266     {
2267         // get checkbox size
2268         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2269         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2270         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2271
2272 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2273         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2274 #endif
2275
2276         delete checkbox;
2277
2278         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2279     }
2280
2281     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2282 }
2283
2284 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2285                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2286                                   wxDC& dc,
2287                                   const wxRect& rect,
2288                                   int row, int col,
2289                                   bool isSelected)
2290 {
2291     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2292
2293     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2294     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2295
2296     // don't draw outside the cell
2297     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2298     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2299     {
2300         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2301         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2302     }
2303
2304     // draw a border around checkmark
2305     int vAlign, hAlign;
2306     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2307
2308     wxRect rectBorder;
2309     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2310     {
2311         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2312         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2313         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2314         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2315     }
2316     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2317     {
2318         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2319         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2320         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2321         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2322     }
2323     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2324     {
2325         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2326         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2327         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2328         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2329     }
2330
2331     bool value;
2332     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2333     {
2334         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2335     }
2336     else
2337     {
2338         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2339         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2340     }
2341
2342     int flags = 0;
2343     if (value)
2344         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2345
2346     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttr
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2354 {
2355     m_nRef = 1;
2356
2357     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2358
2359     m_renderer = NULL;
2360     m_editor = NULL;
2361
2362     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2363
2364     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2365     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2366
2367     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2368 }
2369
2370 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2371 {
2372     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2373
2374     if ( HasTextColour() )
2375         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2376     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2377         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2378     if ( HasFont() )
2379         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2380     if ( HasAlignment() )
2381         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2382
2383     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2384
2385     if ( m_renderer )
2386     {
2387         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2388         m_renderer->IncRef();
2389     }
2390     if ( m_editor )
2391     {
2392         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2393         m_editor->IncRef();
2394     }
2395
2396     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2397         attr->SetReadOnly();
2398
2399     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2400     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2401
2402     return attr;
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2406 {
2407     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2408         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2409     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2410         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2411     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2412         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2413     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2414     {
2415         int hAlign, vAlign;
2416         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2417         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2418     }
2419     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2420         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2421
2422     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2423     // m_renderer/m_editor
2424     //
2425     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2426     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2427     {
2428         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2429         m_renderer->IncRef();
2430     }
2431     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2432     {
2433         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2434         m_editor->IncRef();
2435     }
2436     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2437         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2438
2439     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2440         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2441
2442     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2443 }
2444
2445 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2446 {
2447     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2448
2449     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2450     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2451     // set to negative or zero values such that
2452     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2453     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2454
2455     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2456
2457     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2458                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2459                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2460                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2461
2462     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2463     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2464 }
2465
2466 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2467 {
2468     if (HasTextColour())
2469     {
2470         return m_colText;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479         return wxNullColour;
2480     }
2481 }
2482
2483 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2484 {
2485     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2486     {
2487         return m_colBack;
2488     }
2489     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2490     {
2491         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2492     }
2493     else
2494     {
2495         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2496         return wxNullColour;
2497     }
2498 }
2499
2500 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2501 {
2502     if (HasFont())
2503     {
2504         return m_font;
2505     }
2506     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2507     {
2508         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2513         return wxNullFont;
2514     }
2515 }
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2518 {
2519     if (HasAlignment())
2520     {
2521         if ( hAlign )
2522             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2523         if ( vAlign )
2524             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2525     }
2526     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2527     {
2528         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2533     }
2534 }
2535
2536 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2537 {
2538     if ( num_rows )
2539         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2540     if ( num_cols )
2541         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2542 }
2543
2544 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2545 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2546 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2547 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2548 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2549 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2550
2551 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2552 {
2553     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2554
2555     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2556     {
2557         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2558         renderer = m_renderer;
2559         renderer->IncRef();
2560     }
2561     else // no non-default cell renderer
2562     {
2563         // get default renderer for the data type
2564         if ( grid )
2565         {
2566             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2567             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2568         }
2569
2570         if ( renderer == NULL )
2571         {
2572             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2573             {
2574                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2575                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2576                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2577             }
2578             else // default grid attr
2579             {
2580                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2581                 renderer = m_renderer;
2582                 if ( renderer )
2583                     renderer->IncRef();
2584             }
2585         }
2586     }
2587
2588     // we're supposed to always find something
2589     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2590
2591     return renderer;
2592 }
2593
2594 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2595 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2596 {
2597     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2598
2599     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2600     {
2601         // use the cells editor if it has one
2602         editor = m_editor;
2603         editor->IncRef();
2604     }
2605     else // no non default cell editor
2606     {
2607         // get default editor for the data type
2608         if ( grid )
2609         {
2610             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2611             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2612         }
2613
2614         if ( editor == NULL )
2615         {
2616             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2617             {
2618                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2619                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2620                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2621             }
2622             else // default grid attr
2623             {
2624                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2625                 editor = m_editor;
2626                 if ( editor )
2627                     editor->IncRef();
2628             }
2629         }
2630     }
2631
2632     // we're supposed to always find something
2633     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2634
2635     return editor;
2636 }
2637
2638 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2639 // wxGridCellAttrData
2640 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2641
2642 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2643 {
2644     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
2645     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
2646     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
2647     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2648     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2649     {
2650         if ( attr )
2651         {
2652             // add the attribute
2653             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2654         }
2655         //else: nothing to do
2656     }
2657     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
2658     {
2659         if ( attr )
2660         {
2661             // change the attribute
2662             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
2663         }
2664         else
2665         {
2666             // remove this attribute
2667             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2668         }
2669     }
2670 }
2671
2672 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2673 {
2674     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2675
2676     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2677     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2678     {
2679         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2680         attr->IncRef();
2681     }
2682
2683     return attr;
2684 }
2685
2686 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2687 {
2688     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2689     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2690     {
2691         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2692         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2693         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2694         {
2695             if (numRows > 0)
2696             {
2697                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2698                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2699             }
2700             else if (numRows < 0)
2701             {
2702                 // If rows deleted ...
2703                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2704                 {
2705                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2706                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2707                 }
2708                 else
2709                 {
2710                     // ...or remove the attribute
2711                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2712                     n--;
2713                     count--;
2714                 }
2715             }
2716         }
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2723     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2724     {
2725         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2726         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2727         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2728         {
2729             if ( numCols > 0 )
2730             {
2731                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2732                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2733             }
2734             else if (numCols < 0)
2735             {
2736                 // If rows deleted ...
2737                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2738                 {
2739                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2740                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2741                 }
2742                 else
2743                 {
2744                     // ...or remove the attribute
2745                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2746                     n--;
2747                     count--;
2748                 }
2749             }
2750         }
2751     }
2752 }
2753
2754 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2755 {
2756     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2757     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2758     {
2759         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2760         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2761         {
2762             return n;
2763         }
2764     }
2765
2766     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2767 }
2768
2769 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2771 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2772
2773 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2774 {
2775     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2776     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2777     {
2778         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2779     }
2780 }
2781
2782 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2783 {
2784     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2785
2786     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2787     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2788     {
2789         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2790         attr->IncRef();
2791     }
2792
2793     return attr;
2794 }
2795
2796 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2797 {
2798     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2799     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2800     {
2801         if ( attr )
2802         {
2803             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
2804             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
2805             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2806             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2807         }
2808         // nothing to remove
2809     }
2810     else
2811     {
2812         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2813         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
2814             // nothing to do
2815             return;
2816         if ( attr )
2817         {
2818             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
2819             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
2820             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2821             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2822         }
2823         else
2824         {
2825             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
2826             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2827             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2828             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2829         }
2830     }
2831 }
2832
2833 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2834 {
2835     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2836     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2837     {
2838         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2839         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2840         {
2841             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2842             {
2843                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2844                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2845             }
2846             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2847             {
2848                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2849                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2850                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2851                 else
2852                 {
2853                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2854                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2855                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2856                     n--;
2857                     count--;
2858                 }
2859             }
2860         }
2861     }
2862 }
2863
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2866 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2867
2868 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2869 {
2870     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2871 }
2872
2873 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2874 {
2875     delete m_data;
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2879 {
2880     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2884                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2885 {
2886     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2887     if ( m_data )
2888     {
2889         switch (kind)
2890         {
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2892                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2893                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2894                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2895                 if (!attr)
2896                 {
2897                     // Basically implement old version.
2898                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2899                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2900                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2901                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902
2903                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2904                     {
2905                         // Two or more are non NULL
2906                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2907                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2908
2909                         // Order is important..
2910                         if (attrcell)
2911                         {
2912                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2913                             attrcell->DecRef();
2914                         }
2915                         if (attrcol)
2916                         {
2917                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2918                             attrcol->DecRef();
2919                         }
2920                         if (attrrow)
2921                         {
2922                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2923                             attrrow->DecRef();
2924                         }
2925
2926                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2927                         //attr->IncRef();
2928                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2929                     }
2930                     else
2931                     {
2932                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2933                         if (attrrow)
2934                             attr = attrrow;
2935                         if (attrcol)
2936                         {
2937                             if (attr)
2938                                 attr->DecRef();
2939                             attr = attrcol;
2940                         }
2941                         if (attrcell)
2942                         {
2943                             if (attr)
2944                                 attr->DecRef();
2945                             attr = attrcell;
2946                         }
2947                     }
2948                 }
2949                 break;
2950
2951             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2952                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2953                 break;
2954
2955             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2956                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2957                 break;
2958
2959             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2960                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2961                 break;
2962
2963             default:
2964                 // unused as yet...
2965                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2966                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2967                 break;
2968         }
2969     }
2970
2971     return attr;
2972 }
2973
2974 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2975                                      int row, int col)
2976 {
2977     if ( !m_data )
2978         InitData();
2979
2980     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2981 }
2982
2983 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2984 {
2985     if ( !m_data )
2986         InitData();
2987
2988     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2989 }
2990
2991 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2992 {
2993     if ( !m_data )
2994         InitData();
2995
2996     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2997 }
2998
2999 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3000 {
3001     if ( m_data )
3002     {
3003         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3004
3005         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3006     }
3007 }
3008
3009 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3010 {
3011     if ( m_data )
3012     {
3013         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3014
3015         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3016     }
3017 }
3018
3019 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3020 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3021 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3022
3023 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3024 {
3025     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3026     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3027         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3031                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3032                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3033 {
3034     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3035
3036     // is it already registered?
3037     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3038     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3039     {
3040         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3041         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3050 {
3051     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3052     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3053     {
3054         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3055         {
3056             return i;
3057         }
3058     }
3059
3060     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3061 }
3062
3063 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3064 {
3065     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3066     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3067     {
3068         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3069         // register it "on the fly"
3070 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3071         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3072         {
3073             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3074                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3075                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3076         }
3077         else
3078 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3079 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3080         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3081         {
3082             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3083                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3084                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3085         }
3086         else
3087 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3088 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3089         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3090         {
3091             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3092                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3093                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3094         }
3095         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3096         {
3097             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3098                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3099                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3100         }
3101         else
3102 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3103 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3104         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3105         {
3106             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3107                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3108                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3109         }
3110         else
3111 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3112         {
3113             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3114         }
3115
3116         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3117         // the last index
3118         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3119     }
3120
3121     return index;
3122 }
3123
3124 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3125 {
3126     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3127     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3128     {
3129         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3130         // are the parameters for the renderer
3131         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3132         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3133         {
3134             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3135         }
3136
3137         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3138         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3139         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3140         rendererOld->DecRef();
3141
3142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3143         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3144         editor = editor->Clone();
3145         editorOld->DecRef();
3146
3147         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3148         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3149         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3150         editor->SetParameters(params);
3151
3152         // register the new typename
3153         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3154
3155         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3156         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3157     }
3158
3159     return index;
3160 }
3161
3162 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3163 {
3164     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3165     if (renderer)
3166         renderer->IncRef();
3167
3168     return renderer;
3169 }
3170
3171 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3172 {
3173     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3174     if (editor)
3175         editor->IncRef();
3176
3177     return editor;
3178 }
3179
3180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3181 // wxGridTableBase
3182 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3183
3184 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3185
3186 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3187 {
3188     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3189     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3193 {
3194     delete m_attrProvider;
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3198 {
3199     delete m_attrProvider;
3200     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3204 {
3205     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3206     {
3207         // use the default attr provider by default
3208         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3209     }
3210
3211     return true;
3212 }
3213
3214 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3215 {
3216     if ( m_attrProvider )
3217         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3218     else
3219         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3223 {
3224     if ( m_attrProvider )
3225     {
3226         if ( attr )
3227             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3228         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3229     }
3230     else
3231     {
3232         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3233         // free it now
3234         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3235     }
3236 }
3237
3238 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3239 {
3240     if ( m_attrProvider )
3241     {
3242         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3243         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3244     }
3245     else
3246     {
3247         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3248         // free it now
3249         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3250     }
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3254 {
3255     if ( m_attrProvider )
3256     {
3257         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3258         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3259     }
3260     else
3261     {
3262         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3263         // free it now
3264         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3265     }
3266 }
3267
3268 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3269                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3270 {
3271     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3272
3273     return false;
3274 }
3275
3276 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3277 {
3278     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3279
3280     return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3284                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3285 {
3286     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3287
3288     return false;
3289 }
3290
3291 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3292                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3293 {
3294     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3295
3296     return false;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3300 {
3301     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3302
3303     return false;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3307                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3308 {
3309     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3310
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3315 {
3316     wxString s;
3317
3318     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3319     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3320     s << row + 1;
3321
3322     return s;
3323 }
3324
3325 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3326 {
3327     // default col labels are:
3328     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3329     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3330     //   etc.
3331
3332     wxString s;
3333     unsigned int i, n;
3334     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3335     {
3336         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3337         col = col / 26 - 1;
3338         if ( col < 0 )
3339             break;
3340     }
3341
3342     // reverse the string...
3343     wxString s2;
3344     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3345     {
3346         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3347     }
3348
3349     return s2;
3350 }
3351
3352 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3353 {
3354     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3355 }
3356
3357 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3358                                      const wxString& typeName )
3359 {
3360     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3361 }
3362
3363 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3364 {
3365     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3366 }
3367
3368 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3369 {
3370     return 0;
3371 }
3372
3373 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3374 {
3375     return 0.0;
3376 }
3377
3378 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3379 {
3380     return false;
3381 }
3382
3383 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3384                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3389                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3390 {
3391 }
3392
3393 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3394                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3395 {
3396 }
3397
3398 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3399                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3400 {
3401     return NULL;
3402 }
3403
3404 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3405                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3406                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3407 {
3408 }
3409
3410 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3411 //
3412 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3413 // to the grid view
3414 //
3415
3416 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3417 {
3418     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3419     m_id = -1;
3420     m_comInt1 = -1;
3421     m_comInt2 = -1;
3422 }
3423
3424 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3425                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3426 {
3427     m_table = table;
3428     m_id = id;
3429     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3430     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3431 }
3432
3433 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3434 //
3435 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3436 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3437 //
3438
3439 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3440
3441 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3442
3443 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3444         : wxGridTableBase()
3445 {
3446 }
3447
3448 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3449         : wxGridTableBase()
3450 {
3451     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3452
3453     wxArrayString sa;
3454     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3455     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3456
3457     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3458 }
3459
3460 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3461 {
3462 }
3463
3464 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3465 {
3466     return m_data.GetCount();
3467 }
3468
3469 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3470 {
3471     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3472         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3473     else
3474         return 0;
3475 }
3476
3477 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3478 {
3479     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3480                  wxEmptyString,
3481                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3482
3483     return m_data[row][col];
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3489                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3490
3491     m_data[row][col] = value;
3492 }
3493
3494 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3495 {
3496     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3497                  true,
3498                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3499
3500     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3501 }
3502
3503 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3504 {
3505     int row, col;
3506     int numRows, numCols;
3507
3508     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3509     if ( numRows > 0 )
3510     {
3511         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3512
3513         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3514         {
3515             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3516             {
3517                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3518             }
3519         }
3520     }
3521 }
3522
3523 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3524 {
3525     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3526     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3527                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3528
3529     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3530     {
3531         return AppendRows( numRows );
3532     }
3533
3534     wxArrayString sa;
3535     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3536     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3537     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3538
3539     if ( GetView() )
3540     {
3541         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3542                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3543                                 pos,
3544                                 numRows );
3545
3546         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3547     }
3548
3549     return true;
3550 }
3551
3552 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3553 {
3554     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3555     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3556                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3557                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3558
3559     wxArrayString sa;
3560     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3561     {
3562         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3563         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3564     }
3565
3566     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3567
3568     if ( GetView() )
3569     {
3570         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3571                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3572                                 numRows );
3573
3574         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3575     }
3576
3577     return true;
3578 }
3579
3580 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3581 {
3582     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3583
3584     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3585     {
3586         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3587                     (
3588                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3589                         (unsigned long)pos,
3590                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3591                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3592                     ) );
3593
3594         return false;
3595     }
3596
3597     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3598     {
3599         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3600     }
3601
3602     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3603     {
3604         m_data.Clear();
3605     }
3606     else
3607     {
3608         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3609     }
3610
3611     if ( GetView() )
3612     {
3613         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3614                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3615                                 pos,
3616                                 numRows );
3617
3618         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3619     }
3620
3621     return true;
3622 }
3623
3624 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3625 {
3626     size_t row, col;
3627
3628     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3629     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3630                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3631                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3632
3633     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3634     {
3635         return AppendCols( numCols );
3636     }
3637
3638     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3639     {
3640         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3641
3642         size_t i;
3643         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3644             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3645     }
3646
3647     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3648     {
3649         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3650         {
3651             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3652         }
3653     }
3654
3655     if ( GetView() )
3656     {
3657         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3658                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3659                                 pos,
3660                                 numCols );
3661
3662         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3663     }
3664
3665     return true;
3666 }
3667
3668 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3669 {
3670     size_t row;
3671
3672     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3673
3674 #if 0
3675     if ( !curNumRows )
3676     {
3677         // TODO: something better than this ?
3678         //
3679         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3680         return false;
3681     }
3682 #endif
3683
3684     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3685     {
3686         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3693                                 numCols );
3694
3695         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3696     }
3697
3698     return true;
3699 }
3700
3701 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3702 {
3703     size_t row;
3704
3705     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3706     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3707                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3708
3709     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3710     {
3711         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3712                     (
3713                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3714                         (unsigned long)pos,
3715                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3716                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3717                     ) );
3718         return false;
3719     }
3720
3721     int colID;
3722     if ( GetView() )
3723         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3724     else
3725         colID = pos;
3726
3727     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3728     {
3729         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3730     }
3731
3732     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3733     {
3734         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3735         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3736         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3737         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3738         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3739             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3740     }
3741
3742     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3743     {
3744         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3745         {
3746             m_data[row].Clear();
3747         }
3748         else
3749         {
3750             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3751         }
3752     }
3753
3754     if ( GetView() )
3755     {
3756         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3757                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3758                                 pos,
3759                                 numCols );
3760
3761         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3762     }
3763
3764     return true;
3765 }
3766
3767 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3768 {
3769     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3770     {
3771         // using default label
3772         //
3773         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3774     }
3775     else
3776     {
3777         return m_rowLabels[row];
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3782 {
3783     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3784     {
3785         // using default label
3786         //
3787         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         return m_colLabels[col];
3792     }
3793 }
3794
3795 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3796 {
3797     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3798     {
3799         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3800         int i;
3801
3802         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3803         {
3804             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3805         }
3806     }
3807
3808     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3812 {
3813     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3814     {
3815         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3816         int i;
3817
3818         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3819         {
3820             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3821         }
3822     }
3823
3824     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3825 }
3826
3827
3828 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3832     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3836 {
3837     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3838 }
3839
3840 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3841
3842 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3843     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3844     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3845     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3846 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3847
3848 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3849                                             wxWindowID id,
3850                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3851   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3852 {
3853     m_owner = parent;
3854 }
3855
3856 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3857 {
3858     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3859
3860     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3861     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3862     // set the y coord  - MB
3863     //
3864     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3865
3866     int x, y;
3867     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3868     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3869     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3870
3871     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3872     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3873 }
3874
3875 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3876 {
3877     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3878 }
3879
3880 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3881 {
3882     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3883 }
3884
3885 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3886
3887 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3888
3889 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3890     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3891     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3892     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3893 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3894
3895 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3896                                             wxWindowID id,
3897                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3898   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3899 {
3900     m_owner = parent;
3901 }
3902
3903 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3904 {
3905     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3906
3907     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3908     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3909     // set the x coord  - MB
3910     //
3911     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3912
3913     int x, y;
3914     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3915     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3916     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3917         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3918     else
3919         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3920
3921     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3922     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3928 }
3929
3930 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3931 {
3932     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3933 }
3934
3935 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3936
3937 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3938
3939 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3943 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3944
3945 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3946                                                   wxWindowID id,
3947                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3948   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3949 {
3950     m_owner = parent;
3951 }
3952
3953 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3954 {
3955     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3956
3957     int client_height = 0;
3958     int client_width = 0;
3959     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3960
3961     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3962 #if 0
3963 def __WXGTK__
3964     wxRect rect;
3965     rect.SetX( 1 );
3966     rect.SetY( 1 );
3967     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3968     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3969
3970     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3971 #else // !__WXGTK__
3972     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3973     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3974     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3975     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3976     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3977
3978     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3979     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3980     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3981 #endif
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3992 }
3993
3994 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3995
3996 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3997
3998 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3999     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4000     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4001     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4002     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4003     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4004     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4005     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4006     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4007     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4008 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4009
4010 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4011                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4012                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4013                             wxWindowID id,
4014                             const wxPoint &pos,
4015                             const wxSize &size )
4016             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4017                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
4018                               wxT("grid window") )
4019 {
4020     m_owner = parent;
4021     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4022     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4023 }
4024
4025 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4026 {
4027     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4028     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4029     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4030     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4031     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4032
4033 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4034     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4035 #endif
4036
4037     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4038     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4039 }
4040
4041 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4042 {
4043     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4044     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4045     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4046 }
4047
4048 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4049 {
4050     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4051         SetFocus();
4052
4053     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4054 }
4055
4056 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4057 {
4058     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4059 }
4060
4061 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4062 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4063 //
4064 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4065 {
4066     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4067         event.Skip();
4068 }
4069
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4083 {
4084 }
4085
4086 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4087 {
4088     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4089     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4090     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4091     {
4092         Refresh();
4093     }
4094     else
4095     {
4096         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4097         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4098         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4099         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4100         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4101         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4102
4103         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4104         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4105                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4106         const wxRect cursor =
4107             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4108         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4109     }
4110
4111     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4112         event.Skip();
4113 }
4114
4115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4116
4117 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4118 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4119 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4120 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4121
4122 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4123
4124 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4125                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4126                            bool clipToMinMax);
4127
4128 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4129 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4130                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4131                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4132
4133 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4134
4135 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4136 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4137
4138 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4139     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4140     // use them for streaming out
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4147
4148     // old style border flags
4149     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4150     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4151     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4152     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4153     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4154     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4155
4156     // standard window styles
4157     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4158     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4159     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4160     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4161     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4162     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4163     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4164     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4165
4166 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4167
4168 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4169
4170 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4171     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4172     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4173 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4176 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4177
4178 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4179
4180 /*
4181  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4182 */
4183 #else
4184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4185 #endif
4186
4187 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4188     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4189     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4190     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4191     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4192     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4193     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4194 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4195
4196 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4197 {
4198     InitVars();
4199 }
4200
4201 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4202                  wxWindowID id,
4203                  const wxPoint& pos,
4204                  const wxSize& size,
4205                  long style,
4206                  const wxString& name )
4207 {
4208     InitVars();
4209     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4210 }
4211
4212 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4213                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4214                           long style, const wxString& name)
4215 {
4216     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4217                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4218         return false;
4219
4220     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4221     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4222
4223     Create();
4224     SetInitialSize(size);
4225     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4226     CalcDimensions();
4227
4228     return true;
4229 }
4230
4231 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4232 {
4233     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4234     SetTargetWindow(this);
4235     ClearAttrCache();
4236     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4237
4238 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4239     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4240     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4241                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4242              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4243              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4244 #endif
4245
4246     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4247     // with dangling view pointer
4248     if ( m_ownTable )
4249         delete m_table;
4250     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4251         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4252
4253     delete m_typeRegistry;
4254     delete m_selection;
4255 }
4256
4257 //
4258 // ----- internal init and update functions
4259 //
4260
4261 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4262 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4263 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4264
4265 void wxGrid::Create()
4266 {
4267     // create the type registry
4268     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4269
4270     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4271
4272     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4273
4274     // Set default cell attributes
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4277     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4278     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4280     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4281
4282 #if _USE_VISATTR
4283     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4284     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4285
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4287     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4288
4289 #else
4290     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4291         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4292     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4293         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4294 #endif
4295
4296     m_numRows = 0;
4297     m_numCols = 0;
4298     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4299
4300     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4301     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4302
4303     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4304     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4305                                               wxID_ANY,
4306                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4307                                               wxDefaultSize );
4308
4309     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4310                                               wxID_ANY,
4311                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4312                                               wxDefaultSize );
4313
4314     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4315                                                     wxID_ANY,
4316                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4317                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4318
4319     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4320                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4321                                   m_colLabelWin,
4322                                   wxID_ANY,
4323                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4324                                   wxDefaultSize );
4325
4326     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4327
4328 #if _USE_VISATTR
4329     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4330     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4331     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4332     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4333 #else
4334     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4335     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4336     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4337     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4338 #endif
4339
4340     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4341     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4342     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4343     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4344     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4345     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4346
4347     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4348     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4349
4350     Init();
4351 }
4352
4353 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4354                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4355 {
4356     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4357                  false,
4358                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4359
4360     m_numRows = numRows;
4361     m_numCols = numCols;
4362
4363     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4364     m_table->SetView( this );
4365     m_ownTable = true;
4366     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4367
4368     CalcDimensions();
4369
4370     m_created = true;
4371
4372     return m_created;
4373 }
4374
4375 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4376 {
4377     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4378                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4379
4380     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4381 }
4382
4383 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4384 {
4385     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4386                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4387
4388     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4389 }
4390
4391 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4392                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4393 {
4394     bool checkSelection = false;
4395     if ( m_created )
4396     {
4397         // stop all processing
4398         m_created = false;
4399
4400         if (m_table)
4401         {
4402             m_table->SetView(0);
4403             if( m_ownTable )
4404                 delete m_table;
4405             m_table = NULL;
4406         }
4407
4408         delete m_selection;
4409         m_selection = NULL;
4410
4411         m_ownTable = false;
4412         m_numRows = 0;
4413         m_numCols = 0;
4414         checkSelection = true;
4415
4416         // kill row and column size arrays
4417         m_colWidths.Empty();
4418         m_colRights.Empty();
4419         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4420         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4421     }
4422
4423     if (table)
4424     {
4425         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4426         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4427
4428         m_table = table;
4429         m_table->SetView( this );
4430         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4431         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4432         if (checkSelection)
4433         {
4434             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4435             // original one current cell and selection regions
4436             // might be invalid,
4437             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4438             m_currentCellCoords =
4439               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4440                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4441             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4442                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4443             {
4444                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4445                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4446             }
4447             else
4448                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4449                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4450                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4451                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4452                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4453         }
4454         CalcDimensions();
4455
4456         m_created = true;
4457     }
4458
4459     return m_created;
4460 }
4461
4462 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4463 {
4464     m_created = false;
4465
4466     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4467     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4468     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4469     m_gridWin = NULL;
4470
4471     m_table = NULL;
4472     m_ownTable = false;
4473
4474     m_selection = NULL;
4475     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4476     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4477     m_winCapture = NULL;
4478 }
4479
4480 void wxGrid::Init()
4481 {
4482     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4483     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4484
4485     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4486     {
4487         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4488     }
4489     else
4490     {
4491         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4492     }
4493
4494     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4495
4496     // init attr cache
4497     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4498     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4499     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4500
4501     // TODO: something better than this ?
4502     //
4503     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4504     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4505
4506     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4507     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4508
4509     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4510     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4511     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4512
4513     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4514     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4515
4516     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4517     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4518
4519 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4520     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4521 #else
4522     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4523 #endif
4524
4525     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4526     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4527     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4528     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4529     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4530
4531     m_canDragColMove = false;
4532
4533     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4534     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4535     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4536     m_canDragColSize = true;
4537     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4538     m_canDragCell = false;
4539     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4540     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4541     m_isDragging = false;
4542     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4543     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4544
4545     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4546
4547     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4548     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4549
4550     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4551
4552     ClearSelection();
4553
4554     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4555     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4556
4557     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4558
4559     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4560     m_batchCount = 0;
4561
4562     m_extraWidth =
4563     m_extraHeight = 0;
4564
4565     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4566     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4567 }
4568
4569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4570 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4571 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4572 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4573 // arrays at all
4574 //
4575 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4576 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4577 // this is not done currently
4578 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4579
4580 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4581 {
4582     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4583     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4584
4585     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4586     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4587
4588     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4589
4590     int rowBottom = 0;
4591     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4592     {
4593         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4594         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4595     }
4596 }
4597
4598 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4599 {
4600     m_colWidths.Empty();
4601     m_colRights.Empty();
4602
4603     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4604     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4605
4606     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4607
4608     int colRight = 0;
4609     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4610     {
4611         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4612         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4613     }
4614 }
4615
4616 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4617 {
4618     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4619 }
4620
4621 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4622 {
4623     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4624                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4625 }
4626
4627 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4628 {
4629     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4630                                  : m_colRights[col];
4631 }
4632
4633 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4634 {
4635     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4636 }
4637
4638 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4639 {
4640     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4641                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4642 }
4643
4644 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4645 {
4646     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4647                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4648 }
4649
4650 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4651 {
4652     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4653     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4654     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4655
4656     w += m_extraWidth;
4657     h += m_extraHeight;
4658
4659     // take into account editor if shown
4660     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4661     {
4662         int w2, h2;
4663         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4664         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4665         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4666         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4667
4668         // how big is the editor
4669         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4670         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4671         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4672         w2 += x;
4673         h2 += y;
4674         if ( w2 > w )
4675             w = w2;
4676         if ( h2 > h )
4677             h = h2;
4678         editor->DecRef();
4679         attr->DecRef();
4680     }
4681
4682     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4683     int x, y;
4684     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4685
4686     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4687     if ( x >= w )
4688         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4689     if ( y >= h )
4690         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4691
4692     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
4693     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
4694     Scroll(x, y);
4695     AdjustScrollbars();
4696
4697     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4698     // still must reposition the children
4699     CalcWindowSizes();
4700 }
4701
4702 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
4703 {
4704     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
4705     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4706     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4707
4708     return sizeGridWin;
4709 }
4710
4711 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4712 {
4713     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4714
4715     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4716         return;
4717
4718     int cw, ch;
4719     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4720
4721     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4722     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4723     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4724     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4725     if (gw < 0)
4726         gw = 0;
4727     if (gh < 0)
4728         gh = 0;
4729
4730     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4731         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4732
4733     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4734         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4735
4736     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4737         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4738
4739     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4740         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4741 }
4742
4743 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4744 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4745 //
4746 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4747 {
4748     int i;
4749     bool result = false;
4750
4751     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4752     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4753     ClearAttrCache();
4754
4755     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4756     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4757     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4758     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4759     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4760     HideCellEditControl();
4761
4762 #if 0
4763     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4764     // now
4765     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4766     {
4767         InitColWidths();
4768     }
4769
4770     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4771     {
4772         InitRowHeights();
4773     }
4774 #endif
4775
4776     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4777     {
4778         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4779         {
4780             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4781             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4782
4783             m_numRows += numRows;
4784
4785             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4786             {
4787                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4788                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4789
4790                 int bottom = 0;
4791                 if ( pos > 0 )
4792                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4793
4794                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4795                 {
4796                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4797                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4798                 }
4799             }
4800
4801             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4802             {
4803                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4804                 // cell will be undefined...
4805                 //
4806                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4807             }
4808
4809             if ( m_selection )
4810                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4811             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4812             if (attrProvider)
4813                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4814
4815             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4816             {
4817                 CalcDimensions();
4818                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4819             }
4820         }
4821         result = true;
4822         break;
4823
4824         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4825         {
4826             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4827             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4828             m_numRows += numRows;
4829
4830             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4831             {
4832                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4833                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4834
4835                 int bottom = 0;
4836                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4837                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4838
4839                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4840                 {
4841                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4842                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4843                 }
4844             }
4845
4846             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4847             {
4848                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4849                 // cell will be undefined...
4850                 //
4851                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4852             }
4853
4854             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4855             {
4856                 CalcDimensions();
4857                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4858             }
4859         }
4860         result = true;
4861         break;
4862
4863         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4864         {
4865             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4866             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4867             m_numRows -= numRows;
4868
4869             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4870             {
4871                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4872                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4873
4874                 int h = 0;
4875                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4876                 {
4877                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4878                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4879                 }
4880             }
4881
4882             if ( !m_numRows )
4883             {
4884                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4885             }
4886             else
4887             {
4888                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4889                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4890             }
4891
4892             if ( m_selection )
4893                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4894             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4895             if (attrProvider)
4896             {
4897                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4898
4899 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4900 #if 0
4901                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4902                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4903                 // all column attributes.
4904                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4905                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4906                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4907                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4908 #endif
4909             }
4910
4911             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4912             {
4913                 CalcDimensions();
4914                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4915             }
4916         }
4917         result = true;
4918         break;
4919
4920         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4921         {
4922             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4923             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4924             m_numCols += numCols;
4925
4926             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4927             {
4928                 //Shift the column IDs
4929                 int i;
4930                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4931                 {
4932                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4933                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4934                 }
4935
4936                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4937
4938                 //Set the new columns' positions
4939                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4940                 {
4941                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4942                 }
4943             }
4944
4945             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4946             {
4947                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4948                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4949
4950                 int right = 0;
4951                 if ( pos > 0 )
4952                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4953
4954                 int colPos;
4955                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4956                 {
4957                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4958
4959                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4960                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4961                 }
4962             }
4963
4964             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4965             {
4966                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4967                 // cell will be undefined...
4968                 //
4969                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4970             }
4971
4972             if ( m_selection )
4973                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4974             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4975             if (attrProvider)
4976                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4977             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4978             {
4979                 CalcDimensions();
4980                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4981             }
4982         }
4983         result = true;
4984         break;
4985
4986         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4987         {
4988             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4989             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4990             m_numCols += numCols;
4991
4992             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4993             {
4994                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4995
4996                 //Set the new columns' positions
4997                 int i;
4998                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4999                 {
5000                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5001                 }
5002             }
5003
5004             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5005             {
5006                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5007                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5008
5009                 int right = 0;
5010                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5011                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5012
5013                 int colPos;
5014                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5015                 {
5016                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5017
5018                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5019                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5020                 }
5021             }
5022
5023             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5024             {
5025                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5026                 // cell will be undefined...
5027                 //
5028                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5029             }
5030             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5031             {
5032                 CalcDimensions();
5033                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5034             }
5035         }
5036         result = true;
5037         break;
5038
5039         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5040         {
5041             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5042             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5043             m_numCols -= numCols;
5044
5045             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5046             {
5047                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5048
5049                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5050
5051                 //Shift the column IDs
5052                 int colPos;
5053                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5054                 {
5055                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5056                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5057                 }
5058             }
5059
5060             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5061             {
5062                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5063                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5064
5065                 int w = 0;
5066                 int colPos;
5067                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5068                 {
5069                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5070
5071                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5072                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5073                 }
5074             }
5075
5076             if ( !m_numCols )
5077             {
5078                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5079             }
5080             else
5081             {
5082                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5083                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5084             }
5085
5086             if ( m_selection )
5087                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5088             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5089             if (attrProvider)
5090             {
5091                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5092
5093 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5094 #if 0
5095                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5096                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5097                 // all row attributes.
5098                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5099                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5100                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5101                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5102 #endif
5103             }
5104
5105             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5106             {
5107                 CalcDimensions();
5108                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5109             }
5110         }
5111         result = true;
5112         break;
5113     }
5114
5115     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5116         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5117
5118     return result;
5119 }
5120
5121 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5122 {
5123     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5124     wxRect r;
5125
5126     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5127
5128     int top, bottom;
5129     while ( iter )
5130     {
5131         r = iter.GetRect();
5132
5133         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5134         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5135         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5136         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5137         //
5138 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5139         int cw, ch;
5140         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5141         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5142             r.SetTop( 0 );
5143         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5144 #endif
5145
5146         // logical bounds of update region
5147         //
5148         int dummy;
5149         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5150         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5151
5152         // find the row labels within these bounds
5153         //
5154         int row;
5155         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5156         {
5157             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5158                 continue;
5159
5160             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5161                 break;
5162
5163             rowlabels.Add( row );
5164         }
5165
5166         ++iter;
5167     }
5168
5169     return rowlabels;
5170 }
5171
5172 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5173 {
5174     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5175     wxRect r;
5176
5177     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5178
5179     int left, right;
5180     while ( iter )
5181     {
5182         r = iter.GetRect();
5183
5184         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5185         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5186         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5187         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5188         //
5189 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5190         int cw, ch;
5191         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5192         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5193             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5194         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5195 #endif
5196
5197         // logical bounds of update region
5198         //
5199         int dummy;
5200         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5201         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5202
5203         // find the cells within these bounds
5204         //
5205         int col;
5206         int colPos;
5207         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5208         {
5209             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5210
5211             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5212                 continue;
5213
5214             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5215                 break;
5216
5217             colLabels.Add( col );
5218         }
5219
5220         ++iter;
5221     }
5222
5223     return colLabels;
5224 }
5225
5226 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5227 {
5228     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5229     wxRect r;
5230
5231     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5232
5233     int left, top, right, bottom;
5234     while ( iter )
5235     {
5236         r = iter.GetRect();
5237
5238         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5239         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5240         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5241         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5242         //
5243 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5244         int cw, ch;
5245         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5246         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5247         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5248         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5249         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5250 #endif
5251
5252         // logical bounds of update region
5253         //
5254         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5255         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5256
5257         // find the cells within these bounds
5258         //
5259         int row, col;
5260         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5261         {
5262             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5263                 continue;
5264
5265             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5266                 break;
5267
5268             int colPos;
5269             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5270             {
5271                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5272
5273                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5274                     continue;
5275
5276                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5277                     break;
5278
5279                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5280             }
5281         }
5282
5283         ++iter;
5284     }
5285
5286     return cellsExposed;
5287 }
5288
5289
5290 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5291 {
5292     int x, y, row;
5293     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5294     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5295
5296     if ( event.Dragging() )
5297     {
5298         if (!m_isDragging)
5299         {
5300             m_isDragging = true;
5301             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5302         }
5303
5304         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5305         {
5306             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5307             {
5308                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5309                 {
5310                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5311                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5312                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5313
5314                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5315                     PrepareDC( dc );
5316                     y = wxMax( y,
5317                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5318                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5319                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5320                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5321                     {
5322                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5323                     }
5324                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5325                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5326                 }
5327                 break;
5328
5329                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5330                 {
5331                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5332                     {
5333                         if ( m_selection )
5334                         {
5335                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5336                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5337                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5338                                                     event.AltDown(),
5339                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5340                         }
5341                     }
5342                 }
5343                 break;
5344
5345                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5346                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5347                 default:
5348                     break;
5349             }
5350         }
5351         return;
5352     }
5353
5354     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5355         return;
5356
5357     if (m_isDragging)
5358     {
5359         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5360             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5361         m_isDragging = false;
5362     }
5363
5364     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5365     //
5366     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5367     {
5368         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5369     }
5370
5371     // ------------ Left button pressed
5372     //
5373     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5374     {
5375         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5376         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5377         // wanting to resize the row
5378         //
5379         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5380         {
5381             row = YToRow(y);
5382             if ( row >= 0 &&
5383                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5384             {
5385                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5386                     ClearSelection();
5387                 if ( m_selection )
5388                 {
5389                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5390                     {
5391                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5392                                                   0,
5393                                                   row,
5394                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5395                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5396                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5397                                                   event.AltDown(),
5398                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5399                     }
5400                     else
5401                     {
5402                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5403                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5404                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5405                                                 event.AltDown(),
5406                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5407                     }
5408                 }
5409
5410                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5411             }
5412         }
5413         else
5414         {
5415             // starting to drag-resize a row
5416             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5417                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5418         }
5419     }
5420
5421     // ------------ Left double click
5422     //
5423     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5424     {
5425         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5426         if ( row < 0 )
5427         {
5428             row = YToRow(y);
5429             if ( row >=0 &&
5430                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5431             {
5432                 // no default action at the moment
5433             }
5434         }
5435         else
5436         {
5437             // adjust row height depending on label text
5438             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5439
5440             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5441             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5442         }
5443     }
5444
5445     // ------------ Left button released
5446     //
5447     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5448     {
5449         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5450         {
5451             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5452
5453             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5454             // default processing in this case
5455             //
5456             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5457         }
5458
5459         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5460         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5461     }
5462
5463     // ------------ Right button down
5464     //
5465     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5466     {
5467         row = YToRow(y);
5468         if ( row >=0 &&
5469              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5470         {
5471             // no default action at the moment
5472         }
5473     }
5474
5475     // ------------ Right double click
5476     //
5477     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5478     {
5479         row = YToRow(y);
5480         if ( row >= 0 &&
5481              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5482         {
5483             // no default action at the moment
5484         }
5485     }
5486
5487     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5488     //
5489     else if ( event.Moving() )
5490     {
5491         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5492         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5493         {
5494             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5495             {
5496                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5497                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5498                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5499             }
5500         }
5501         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5502         {
5503             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5504         }
5505     }
5506 }
5507
5508 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5509 {
5510     int x, y, col;
5511     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5512     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5513
5514     if ( event.Dragging() )
5515     {
5516         if (!m_isDragging)
5517         {
5518             m_isDragging = true;
5519             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5520
5521             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5522                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5523         }
5524
5525         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5526         {
5527             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5528             {
5529                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5530                 {
5531                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5532                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5533                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5534
5535                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5536                     PrepareDC( dc );
5537
5538                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5539                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5540                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5541                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5542                     {
5543                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5544                     }
5545                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5546                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5547                 }
5548                 break;
5549
5550                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5551                 {
5552                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5553                     {
5554                         if ( m_selection )
5555                         {
5556                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5557                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5558                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5559                                                     event.AltDown(),
5560                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5561                         }
5562                     }
5563                 }
5564                 break;
5565
5566                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5567                 {
5568                     if ( x < 0 )
5569                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5570                     else
5571                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5572
5573                     int markerX;
5574
5575                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5576                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5577                     else if ( x >= (GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ) + (GetColWidth(m_moveToCol) / 2)) )
5578                     {
5579                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) + 1 );
5580                         if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5581                             markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5582                         else
5583                             markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5584                     }
5585                     else
5586                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5587
5588                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5589                     {
5590                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5591                         DoPrepareDC(dc);
5592
5593                         int cw, ch;
5594                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5595
5596                         markerX++;
5597
5598                         //Clean up the last indicator
5599                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5600                         {
5601                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5602                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5603                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5604                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5605
5606                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5607                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5608                         }
5609
5610                         const wxColour *color;
5611                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5612                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5613                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5614                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5615                             color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
5616                         else
5617                             color = wxBLUE;
5618
5619                         //Draw the marker
5620                         wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
5621                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5622
5623                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5624
5625                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5626
5627                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5628                     }
5629                 }
5630                 break;
5631
5632                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5633                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5634                 default:
5635                     break;
5636             }
5637         }
5638         return;
5639     }
5640
5641     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5642         return;
5643
5644     if (m_isDragging)
5645     {
5646         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5647             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5648         m_isDragging = false;
5649     }
5650
5651     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5652     //
5653     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5654     {
5655         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5656     }
5657
5658     // ------------ Left button pressed
5659     //
5660     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5661     {
5662         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5663         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5664         // wanting to resize the col
5665         //
5666         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5667         {
5668             col = XToCol(x);
5669             if ( col >= 0 &&
5670                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5671             {
5672                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5673                 {
5674                     //Show button as pressed
5675                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5676                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5677                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5678                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5679                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5680                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5681
5682                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5683                 }
5684                 else
5685                 {
5686                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5687                         ClearSelection();
5688                     if ( m_selection )
5689                     {
5690                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5691                         {
5692                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5693                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5694                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5695                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5696                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5697                                                       event.AltDown(),
5698                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5699                         }
5700                         else
5701                         {
5702                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5703                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5704                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5705                                                     event.AltDown(),
5706                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5707                         }
5708                     }
5709
5710                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5711                 }
5712             }
5713         }
5714         else
5715         {
5716             // starting to drag-resize a col
5717             //
5718             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5719                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5720         }
5721     }
5722
5723     // ------------ Left double click
5724     //
5725     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5726     {
5727         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5728         if ( col < 0 )
5729         {
5730             col = XToCol(x);
5731             if ( col >= 0 &&
5732                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5733             {
5734                 // no default action at the moment
5735             }
5736         }
5737         else
5738         {
5739             // adjust column width depending on label text
5740             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5741
5742             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5743             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5744         }
5745     }
5746
5747     // ------------ Left button released
5748     //
5749     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5750     {
5751         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5752         {
5753             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5754                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5755
5756                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5757                 // default processing in this case
5758                 //
5759                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5760                 break;
5761
5762             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5763                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5764
5765                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5766                 break;
5767
5768             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5769             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5770             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5771             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5772                 // nothing to do (?)
5773                 break;
5774         }
5775
5776         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5777         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5778     }
5779
5780     // ------------ Right button down
5781     //
5782     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5783     {
5784         col = XToCol(x);
5785         if ( col >= 0 &&
5786              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5787         {
5788             // no default action at the moment
5789         }
5790     }
5791
5792     // ------------ Right double click
5793     //
5794     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5795     {
5796         col = XToCol(x);
5797         if ( col >= 0 &&
5798              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5799         {
5800             // no default action at the moment
5801         }
5802     }
5803
5804     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5805     //
5806     else if ( event.Moving() )
5807     {
5808         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5809         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5810         {
5811             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5812             {
5813                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5814                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5815                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5816             }
5817         }
5818         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5819         {
5820             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5821         }
5822     }
5823 }
5824
5825 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5826 {
5827     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5828     {
5829         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5830         // col args == -1
5831         //
5832         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5833         {
5834             SelectAll();
5835         }
5836     }
5837     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5838     {
5839         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5840     }
5841     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5842     {
5843         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5844         {
5845             // no default action at the moment
5846         }
5847     }
5848     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5849     {
5850         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5851         {
5852             // no default action at the moment
5853         }
5854     }
5855 }
5856
5857 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5858 {
5859     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5860     if ( m_winCapture )
5861     {
5862         m_isDragging = false;
5863         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5864         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5865         m_winCapture = NULL;
5866
5867         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5868         Refresh();
5869     }
5870 }
5871
5872 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5873                               wxWindow *win,
5874                               bool captureMouse)
5875 {
5876 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5877     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5878     {
5879         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5880         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5881         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5882         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5883         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5884         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5885     };
5886
5887     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5888                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5889                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5890                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5891                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5892                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5893 #endif
5894
5895     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5896          win == m_winCapture &&
5897          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5898         return;
5899
5900     if ( !win )
5901     {
5902         // by default use the grid itself
5903         win = m_gridWin;
5904     }
5905
5906     if ( m_winCapture )
5907     {
5908         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5909             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5910         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5911     }
5912
5913     m_cursorMode = mode;
5914
5915     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5916     {
5917         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5918             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5919             break;
5920
5921         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5922             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5923             break;
5924
5925         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5926             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5927             break;
5928
5929         default:
5930             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5931             break;
5932     }
5933
5934     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5935     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5936                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5937
5938     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5939     {
5940         win->CaptureMouse();
5941         m_winCapture = win;
5942     }
5943 }
5944
5945 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5946 {
5947     int x, y;
5948     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5949     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5950
5951     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5952     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5953
5954     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5955     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5956     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5957     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5958     {
5959         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5960         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5961     }
5962
5963     if ( event.Dragging() )
5964     {
5965         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5966
5967         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5968         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5969         if (! m_isDragging)
5970         {
5971             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5972             {
5973                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5974                 return;
5975             }
5976             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5977                 return;
5978         }
5979
5980         m_isDragging = true;
5981         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5982         {
5983             // Hide the edit control, so it
5984             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5985             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5986             {
5987                 HideCellEditControl();
5988                 SaveEditControlValue();
5989             }
5990
5991             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5992             {
5993                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5994                 {
5995                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5996                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5997                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5998                 }
5999                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
6000                 {
6001                     if ( isFirstDrag )
6002                     {
6003                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6004                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6005
6006                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
6007                                    coords.GetRow(),
6008                                    coords.GetCol(),
6009                                    event );
6010                         return;
6011                     }
6012                 }
6013                 else
6014                 {
6015                     if ( !IsSelection() )
6016                     {
6017                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6018                     }
6019                     else
6020                     {
6021                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6022                     }
6023                 }
6024
6025                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6026                 {
6027                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6028                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6029                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6030                 }
6031             }
6032             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6033             if (! m_winCapture)
6034             {
6035                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6036                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6037             }
6038
6039
6040         }
6041         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6042                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6043         {
6044             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6045             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6046             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6047
6048             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6049             PrepareDC( dc );
6050             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6051                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6052             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6053             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6054             {
6055                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6056             }
6057             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6058             m_dragLastPos = y;
6059         }
6060         else if ( event.LeftIsDown() &&
6061                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6062         {
6063             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6064             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6065             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6066
6067             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6068             PrepareDC( dc );
6069             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6070                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6071             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6072             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6073             {
6074                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6075             }
6076             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6077             m_dragLastPos = x;
6078         }
6079
6080         return;
6081     }
6082
6083     m_isDragging = false;
6084     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6085
6086     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6087     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6088     //     wxGTK
6089 #if 0
6090     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6091     {
6092         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6093         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6094     }
6095     else
6096 #endif // 0
6097
6098     // ------------ Left button pressed
6099     //
6100     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6101     {
6102         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6103                        coords.GetRow(),
6104                        coords.GetCol(),
6105                        event ) )
6106         {
6107             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6108                 ClearSelection();
6109             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6110             {
6111                 if ( m_selection )
6112                 {
6113                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6114                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6115                                               coords.GetRow(),
6116                                               coords.GetCol(),
6117                                               event.ControlDown(),
6118                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6119                                               event.AltDown(),
6120                                               event.MetaDown() );
6121                 }
6122             }
6123             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6124                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6125             {
6126                 DisableCellEditControl();
6127                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6128
6129                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6130                 {
6131                     if ( m_selection )
6132                     {
6133                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6134                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6135                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6136                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6137                                                           event.AltDown(),
6138                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6139                     }
6140                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6141                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6142                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6143                 }
6144                 else
6145                 {
6146                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
6147                                                 coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6148                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6149                 }
6150             }
6151         }
6152     }
6153
6154     // ------------ Left double click
6155     //
6156     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6157     {
6158         DisableCellEditControl();
6159
6160         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6161         {
6162             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6163                              coords.GetRow(),
6164                              coords.GetCol(),
6165                              event ) )
6166             {
6167                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6168                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6169                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6170             }
6171         }
6172     }
6173
6174     // ------------ Left button released
6175     //
6176     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6177     {
6178         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6179         {
6180             if (m_winCapture)
6181             {
6182                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6183                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6184                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6185             }
6186
6187             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6188             {
6189                 ClearSelection();
6190                 EnableCellEditControl();
6191
6192                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6193                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6194                 editor->StartingClick();
6195                 editor->DecRef();
6196                 attr->DecRef();
6197
6198                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6199             }
6200             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6201                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6202             {
6203                 if ( m_selection )
6204                 {
6205                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6206                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6207                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6208                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6209                                               event.ControlDown(),
6210                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6211                                               event.AltDown(),
6212                                               event.MetaDown() );
6213                 }
6214
6215                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6216                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6217
6218                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6219                 // drag-shrinking.
6220                 ShowCellEditControl();
6221             }
6222         }
6223         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6224         {
6225             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6226             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6227
6228             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6229             // default processing in this case
6230             //
6231             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6232         }
6233         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6234         {
6235             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6236             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6237
6238             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6239             // default processing in this case
6240             //
6241             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6242         }
6243
6244         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6245     }
6246
6247     // ------------ Right button down
6248     //
6249     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6250     {
6251         DisableCellEditControl();
6252         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6253                          coords.GetRow(),
6254                          coords.GetCol(),
6255                          event ) )
6256         {
6257             // no default action at the moment
6258         }
6259     }
6260
6261     // ------------ Right double click
6262     //
6263     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6264     {
6265         DisableCellEditControl();
6266         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6267                          coords.GetRow(),
6268                          coords.GetCol(),
6269                          event ) )
6270         {
6271             // no default action at the moment
6272         }
6273     }
6274
6275     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6276     //
6277     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6278     {
6279         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6280         {
6281             // out of grid cell area
6282             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6283             return;
6284         }
6285
6286         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6287         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6288
6289         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6290         // directions is not implemented yet...
6291         //
6292         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6293         {
6294             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6295             return;
6296         }
6297
6298         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6299         {
6300             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6301
6302             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6303             {
6304                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6305                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6306             }
6307         }
6308         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6309         {
6310             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6311
6312             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6313             {
6314                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6315                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6316             }
6317         }
6318         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6319         {
6320             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6321             {
6322                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6323             }
6324         }
6325     }
6326 }
6327
6328 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6329 {
6330     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6331     {
6332         // erase the last line and resize the row
6333         //
6334         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6335         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6336         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6337
6338         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6339         PrepareDC( dc );
6340         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6341         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6342         HideCellEditControl();
6343         SaveEditControlValue();
6344
6345         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6346         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6347                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6348
6349         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6350         {
6351             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6352             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6353             rect.x = 0;
6354             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6355             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6356             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6357             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6358             rect.width = cw;
6359
6360             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6361             if (m_table)
6362             {
6363                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6364                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6365                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6366                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6367                 {
6368                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6369                     {
6370                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6371                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6372                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6373                     }
6374                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6375                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6376                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6377                 }
6378             }
6379             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6380         }
6381
6382         ShowCellEditControl();
6383     }
6384 }
6385
6386
6387 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6388 {
6389     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6390     {
6391         // erase the last line and resize the col
6392         //
6393         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6394         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6395         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6396
6397         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6398         PrepareDC( dc );
6399         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6400         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6401         HideCellEditControl();
6402         SaveEditControlValue();
6403
6404         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6405         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6406                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6407                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6408
6409         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6410         {
6411             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6412             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6413             rect.y = 0;
6414             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6415             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6416             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6417             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6418             rect.height = ch;
6419
6420             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6421             if (m_table)
6422             {
6423                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6424                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6425                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6426                 if (topRow >= 0)
6427                 {
6428                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6429                     {
6430                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6431                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6432                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6433                     }
6434
6435                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6436                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6437                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6438                 }
6439             }
6440
6441             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6442         }
6443
6444         ShowCellEditControl();
6445     }
6446 }
6447
6448 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6449 {
6450     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6451     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6452     {
6453         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6454         return;
6455     }
6456
6457     int newPos;
6458     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6459         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6460     else
6461     {
6462         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6463         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6464             newPos--;
6465     }
6466
6467     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6468 }
6469
6470 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6471 {
6472     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6473     {
6474         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6475
6476         int i;
6477         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6478         {
6479             m_colAt.Add( i );
6480         }
6481     }
6482
6483     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6484
6485     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6486     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6487     {
6488         int i;
6489         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6490         {
6491             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6492         }
6493     }
6494     else
6495     {
6496         int i;
6497         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6498         {
6499             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6500         }
6501     }
6502
6503     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6504
6505     //Recalculate the column rights
6506     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6507     {
6508         int colRight = 0;
6509         int colPos;
6510         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6511         {
6512             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6513
6514             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6515             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6516         }
6517     }
6518
6519     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6520     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6521 }
6522
6523
6524
6525 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6526 {
6527     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6528         return;
6529
6530     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6531
6532     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6533     {
6534         m_colAt.Clear();
6535
6536         //Recalculate the column rights
6537         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6538         {
6539             int colRight = 0;
6540             int colPos;
6541             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6542             {
6543                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6544                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6545             }
6546         }
6547
6548         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6549         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6550     }
6551 }
6552
6553
6554 //
6555 // ------ interaction with data model
6556 //
6557 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6558 {
6559     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6560     {
6561         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6562             return GetModelValues();
6563
6564         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6565             return SetModelValues();
6566
6567         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6568         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6569         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6570         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6571         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6572         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6573             return Redimension( msg );
6574
6575         default:
6576             return false;
6577     }
6578 }
6579
6580 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6581 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6582 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6583 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6584 //
6585 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6586 {
6587     if ( m_table )
6588     {
6589         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6590             DisableCellEditControl();
6591
6592         m_table->Clear();
6593         if (!GetBatchCount())
6594             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6595     }
6596 }
6597
6598 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6599 {
6600     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6601
6602     if ( !m_created )
6603     {
6604         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6605         return false;
6606     }
6607
6608     if ( m_table )
6609     {
6610         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6611             DisableCellEditControl();
6612
6613         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6614         return done;
6615
6616         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6617         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6618     }
6619
6620     return false;
6621 }
6622
6623 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6624 {
6625     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6626
6627     if ( !m_created )
6628     {
6629         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6630         return false;
6631     }
6632
6633     if ( m_table )
6634     {
6635         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6636         return done;
6637
6638         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6639         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6640     }
6641
6642     return false;
6643 }
6644
6645 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6646 {
6647     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6648
6649     if ( !m_created )
6650     {
6651         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6652         return false;
6653     }
6654
6655     if ( m_table )
6656     {
6657         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6658             DisableCellEditControl();
6659
6660         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6661         return done;
6662         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6663         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6664     }
6665
6666     return false;
6667 }
6668
6669 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6670 {
6671     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6672
6673     if ( !m_created )
6674     {
6675         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6676         return false;
6677     }
6678
6679     if ( m_table )
6680     {
6681         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6682             DisableCellEditControl();
6683
6684         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6685         return done;
6686         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6687         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6688     }
6689
6690     return false;
6691 }
6692
6693 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6694 {
6695     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6696
6697     if ( !m_created )
6698     {
6699         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6700         return false;
6701     }
6702
6703     if ( m_table )
6704     {
6705         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6706         return done;
6707         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6708         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6709     }
6710
6711     return false;
6712 }
6713
6714 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6715 {
6716     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6717
6718     if ( !m_created )
6719     {
6720         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6721         return false;
6722     }
6723
6724     if ( m_table )
6725     {
6726         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6727             DisableCellEditControl();
6728
6729         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6730         return done;
6731         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6732         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6733     }
6734
6735     return false;
6736 }
6737
6738 //
6739 // ----- event handlers
6740 //
6741
6742 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6743 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6744 //
6745 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6746                         int row, int col,
6747                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6748 {
6749    bool claimed, vetoed;
6750
6751    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6752    {
6753        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6754
6755        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6756                type,
6757                this,
6758                rowOrCol,
6759                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6760                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6761                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6762                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6763                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6764                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6765
6766        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6767        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6768    }
6769    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6770    {
6771        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6772        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6773                type,
6774                this,
6775                m_selectingTopLeft,
6776                m_selectingBottomRight,
6777                true,
6778                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6779                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6780                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6781                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6782
6783        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6784        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6785    }
6786    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6787              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6788              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6789              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6790    {
6791        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6792
6793        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6794            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6795        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6796            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6797
6798        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6799                type,
6800                this,
6801                row, col,
6802                pos.x,
6803                pos.y,
6804                false,
6805                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6806                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6807                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6808                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6809        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6810        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6811    }
6812    else
6813    {
6814        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6815                type,
6816                this,
6817                row, col,
6818                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6819                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6820                false,
6821                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6822                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6823                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6824                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6825        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6826        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6827    }
6828
6829    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6830    if (vetoed)
6831        return -1;
6832
6833    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6834 }
6835
6836 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6837 // of ProcessEvent().
6838 //
6839 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6840                         int row, int col )
6841 {
6842    bool claimed, vetoed;
6843
6844     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6845     {
6846         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6847
6848         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6849
6850         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6851         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6852     }
6853     else
6854     {
6855         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6856
6857         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6858         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6859      }
6860
6861     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6862     if (vetoed)
6863         return -1;
6864
6865     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6866 }
6867
6868 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6869 {
6870     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6871     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6872 }
6873
6874 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6875 {
6876     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6877     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6878     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6879     {
6880         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6881         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6882
6883         if (rect)
6884         {
6885             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6886             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6887             int x, y;
6888
6889             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6890             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6891             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6892             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6893             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6894
6895             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6896             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6897                 width_label = rectWidth;
6898
6899             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6900             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6901                 height_label = rectHeight;
6902
6903             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6904             {
6905                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6906                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6907             }
6908             else
6909             {
6910                 x = 0;
6911                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6912             }
6913
6914             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6915             {
6916                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6917                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6918             }
6919             else
6920             {
6921                 y = 0;
6922                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6923             }
6924
6925             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6926             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6927             {
6928                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6929                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6930             }
6931
6932             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6933             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6934             {
6935                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6936                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6937             }
6938
6939             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6940             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6941             {
6942                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6943                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6944             }
6945
6946             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6947             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6948             {
6949                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6950                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6951             }
6952         }
6953         else
6954         {
6955             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6956             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6957             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6958             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6959         }
6960     }
6961 }
6962
6963 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6964 {
6965     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6966     {
6967         // reposition our children windows
6968         CalcWindowSizes();
6969     }
6970 }
6971
6972 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6973 {
6974     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6975     {
6976         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6977         //
6978         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6979     }
6980
6981     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6982
6983     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6984     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6985     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6986     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6987
6988     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6989     {
6990         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6991         {
6992             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6993                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6994             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6995                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6996         }
6997
6998         // try local handlers
6999         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
7000         {
7001             case WXK_UP:
7002                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7003                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7004                 else
7005                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7006                 break;
7007
7008             case WXK_DOWN:
7009                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7010                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7011                 else
7012                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7013                 break;
7014
7015             case WXK_LEFT:
7016                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7017                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7018                 else
7019                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7020                 break;
7021
7022             case WXK_RIGHT:
7023                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7024                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7025                 else
7026                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7027                 break;
7028
7029             case WXK_RETURN:
7030             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7031                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7032                 {
7033                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7034                 }
7035                 else
7036                 {
7037                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7038                     {
7039                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7040                     }
7041                     else
7042                     {
7043                         // at the bottom of a column
7044                         DisableCellEditControl();
7045                     }
7046                 }
7047                 break;
7048
7049             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7050                 ClearSelection();
7051                 break;
7052
7053             case WXK_TAB:
7054                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7055                 {
7056                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7057                     {
7058                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7059                     }
7060                     else
7061                     {
7062                         // at left of grid
7063                         DisableCellEditControl();
7064                     }
7065                 }
7066                 else
7067                 {
7068                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7069                     {
7070                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7071                     }
7072                     else
7073                     {
7074                         // at right of grid
7075                         DisableCellEditControl();
7076                     }
7077                 }
7078                 break;
7079
7080             case WXK_HOME:
7081                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7082                 {
7083                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7084                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7085                 }
7086                 else
7087                 {
7088                     event.Skip();
7089                 }
7090                 break;
7091
7092             case WXK_END:
7093                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7094                 {
7095                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7096                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7097                 }
7098                 else
7099                 {
7100                     event.Skip();
7101                 }
7102                 break;
7103
7104             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7105                 MovePageUp();
7106                 break;
7107
7108             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7109                 MovePageDown();
7110                 break;
7111
7112             case WXK_SPACE:
7113                 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
7114                 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
7115                 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
7116                 {
7117                     case wxMOD_CONTROL:
7118                         m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
7119                         break;
7120
7121                     case wxMOD_SHIFT:
7122                         m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
7123                         break;
7124
7125                     case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
7126                         m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
7127                                                  m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
7128                         break;
7129
7130                     case wxMOD_NONE:
7131                         if ( !IsEditable() )
7132                         {
7133                             MoveCursorRight(false);
7134                             break;
7135                         }
7136                         //else: fall through
7137
7138                     default:
7139                         event.Skip();
7140                 }
7141                 break;
7142
7143             default:
7144                 event.Skip();
7145                 break;
7146         }
7147     }
7148
7149     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7150 }
7151
7152 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7153 {
7154     // try local handlers
7155     //
7156     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7157     {
7158         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7159              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7160         {
7161             if ( m_selection )
7162             {
7163                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7164                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7165                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7166                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7167                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7168                     event.ControlDown(),
7169                     true,
7170                     event.AltDown(),
7171                     event.MetaDown() );
7172             }
7173         }
7174
7175         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7176         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7177         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7178     }
7179 }
7180
7181 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7182 {
7183     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7184     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7185     {
7186         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7187         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7188         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7189         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7190         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7191
7192         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7193         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7194         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7195              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7196         {
7197             // ensure cell is visble
7198             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7199             EnableCellEditControl();
7200
7201             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7202             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7203             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7204             // crash the app
7205             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7206                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7207         }
7208         else
7209         {
7210             event.Skip();
7211         }
7212
7213         editor->DecRef();
7214         attr->DecRef();
7215     }
7216     else
7217     {
7218         event.Skip();
7219     }
7220 }
7221
7222 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7223 {
7224 }
7225
7226 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7227 {
7228     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7229     {
7230         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7231         return;
7232     }
7233
7234 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7235     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7236     PrepareDC( dc );
7237 #endif
7238
7239     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7240     {
7241         DisableCellEditControl();
7242
7243         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7244         {
7245             wxRect r;
7246             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7247             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7248             {
7249                 r.x--;
7250                 r.y--;
7251                 r.width++;
7252                 r.height++;
7253             }
7254
7255             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7256
7257             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7258             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7259
7260 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7261             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7262 #else
7263             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7264             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7265 #endif
7266         }
7267     }
7268
7269     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7270
7271     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7272 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7273     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7274 #endif
7275     attr->DecRef();
7276 }
7277
7278 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7279 {
7280     int temp;
7281     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7282
7283     if ( m_selection )
7284     {
7285         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7286         {
7287             leftCol = 0;
7288             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7289         }
7290         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7291         {
7292             topRow = 0;
7293             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7294         }
7295     }
7296
7297     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7298     {
7299         temp = topRow;
7300         topRow = bottomRow;
7301         bottomRow = temp;
7302     }
7303
7304     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7305     {
7306         temp = leftCol;
7307         leftCol = rightCol;
7308         rightCol = temp;
7309     }
7310
7311     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7312     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7313
7314     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7315     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7316          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7317     {
7318         wxRect rect;
7319         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7320                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7321         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7322     }
7323
7324     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7325     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7326               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7327     {
7328         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7329         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7330         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7331         wxRect  rect[4];
7332         bool    need_refresh[4];
7333         need_refresh[0] =
7334         need_refresh[1] =
7335         need_refresh[2] =
7336         need_refresh[3] = false;
7337         int     i;
7338
7339         // Store intermediate values
7340         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7341         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7342         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7343         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7344
7345         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7346         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7347         {
7348             temp = oldLeft;
7349             oldLeft = leftCol;
7350             leftCol = temp;
7351         }
7352         if (oldTop > topRow )
7353         {
7354             temp = oldTop;
7355             oldTop = topRow;
7356             topRow = temp;
7357         }
7358         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7359         {
7360             temp = oldRight;
7361             oldRight = rightCol;
7362             rightCol = temp;
7363         }
7364         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7365         {
7366             temp = oldBottom;
7367             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7368             bottomRow = temp;
7369         }
7370
7371         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7372         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7373         // is contained in the other.
7374
7375         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7376         {
7377             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7378             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7379             need_refresh[0] = true;
7380             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7381                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7382                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7383         }
7384
7385         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7386         {
7387             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7388             // area above the old or new selection.
7389             need_refresh[1] = true;
7390             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7391                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7392                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7393         }
7394
7395         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7396         {
7397             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7398             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7399             need_refresh[2] = true;
7400             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7401                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7402                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7403         }
7404
7405         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7406         {
7407             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7408             // area below the old or new selection.
7409             need_refresh[3] = true;
7410             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7411                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7412                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7413         }
7414
7415         // various Refresh() calls
7416         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7417             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7418                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7419     }
7420
7421     // change selection
7422     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7423     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7424 }
7425
7426 //
7427 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7428 //
7429
7430 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7431 {
7432     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7433     HideCellEditControl();
7434
7435     if ( m_table )
7436     {
7437         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7438         //
7439         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7440         return true;
7441     }
7442
7443     return false;
7444 }
7445
7446 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7447 {
7448     int row, col;
7449
7450     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7451     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7452     // I think so ...
7453     DisableCellEditControl();
7454
7455     if ( m_table )
7456     {
7457         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7458         {
7459             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7460             {
7461                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7462             }
7463         }
7464
7465         return true;
7466     }
7467
7468     return false;
7469 }
7470
7471 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7472 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7473 // CalcExposedCells)
7474 //
7475 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7476 {
7477     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7478         return;
7479
7480     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7481     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7482     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7483
7484     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7485     {
7486         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7487         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7488         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7489
7490         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7491         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7492         {
7493             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7494             bool marked = false;
7495             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7496             {
7497                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7498                 {
7499                     marked = true;
7500                     break;
7501                 }
7502             }
7503
7504             if (!marked)
7505             {
7506                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7507                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7508                 {
7509                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7510                     {
7511                         marked = true;
7512                         break;
7513                     }
7514                 }
7515
7516                 if (!marked)
7517                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7518             }
7519
7520             // don't bother drawing this cell
7521             continue;
7522         }
7523
7524         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7525         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7526         {
7527             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7528             {
7529                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7530                 int left = col;
7531                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7532                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7533                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7534                     {
7535                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7536                     }
7537
7538                 if (left == col)
7539                     left = 0; // oh well
7540
7541                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7542                 {
7543                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7544                     {
7545                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7546                         {
7547                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7548                             bool marked = false;
7549
7550                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7551                             {
7552                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7553                                 {
7554                                     marked = true;
7555                                     break;
7556                                 }
7557                             }
7558
7559                             if (!marked)
7560                             {
7561                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7562                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7563                                 {
7564                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7565                                     {
7566                                         marked = true;
7567                                         break;
7568                                     }
7569                                 }
7570                                 if (!marked)
7571                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7572                             }
7573                         }
7574                         break;
7575                     }
7576                 }
7577             }
7578         }
7579
7580         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7581     }
7582
7583     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7584
7585     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7586     {
7587         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7588     }
7589 }
7590
7591 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7592 {
7593   int cw, ch;
7594   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7595
7596   int right, bottom;
7597   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7598
7599   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7600   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7601
7602   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7603   {
7604       int left, top;
7605       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7606
7607       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7608       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7609
7610       if ( right > rightCol )
7611       {
7612           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7613       }
7614
7615       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7616       {
7617           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7618       }
7619   }
7620 }
7621
7622 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7623 {
7624     int row = coords.GetRow();
7625     int col = coords.GetCol();
7626
7627     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7628         return;
7629
7630     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7631 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7632     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7633         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7634 #endif
7635
7636     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7637
7638     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7639
7640     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7641
7642     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7643     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7644     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7645     {
7646         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7647         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7648         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7649         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7650 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7651         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7652         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7653         editor->DecRef();
7654 #endif
7655     }
7656     else
7657     {
7658         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7659         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7660         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7661         renderer->DecRef();
7662     }
7663
7664     attr->DecRef();
7665 }
7666
7667 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7668 {
7669     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7670     if ( !HasFocus() )
7671         return;
7672
7673     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7674     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7675
7676     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7677         return;
7678
7679     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7680
7681     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7682     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7683     // it doesn't look really good
7684
7685     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7686
7687     if (penWidth > 0)
7688     {
7689         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7690         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7691         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7692         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7693         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7694         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7695         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7696         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7697         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7698
7699         // Now draw the rectangle
7700         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7701         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7702         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7703         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7704         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7705     }
7706
7707 #if 0
7708         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7709
7710         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7711         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7712                 y1 = rect.y,
7713                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7714                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7715
7716         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7717         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7718         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7719
7720         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7721         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7722
7723         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7724         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7725         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7726 #endif
7727 }
7728
7729 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7730 {
7731     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7732 }
7733
7734 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7735 {
7736     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7737 }
7738
7739 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7740 {
7741     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7742 }
7743
7744 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7745 {
7746     int row = coords.GetRow();
7747     int col = coords.GetCol();
7748     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7749         return;
7750
7751
7752     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7753
7754     // right hand border
7755     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7756     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7757                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7758
7759     // bottom border
7760     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7761     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7762                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7763 }
7764
7765 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7766 {
7767     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7768     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7769     //
7770     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7771          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7772     {
7773         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7774     }
7775
7776     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7777     {
7778         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7779         return;
7780     }
7781
7782     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7783     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7784     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7785     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7786     {
7787         wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
7788
7789         // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
7790         // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
7791         // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
7792         // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
7793         // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
7794         if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7795         {
7796             int rows = 0,
7797                 cols = 0;
7798             GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
7799
7800             if ( rows < 0 )
7801                 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
7802
7803             if ( cols < 0 )
7804                 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
7805         }
7806
7807         if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
7808         {
7809             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7810             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7811             attr->DecRef();
7812
7813             break;
7814         }
7815     }
7816 }
7817
7818 // TODO: remove this ???
7819 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7820 // has been changed
7821 //
7822 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7823 {
7824 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7825     return;
7826 #endif
7827
7828     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7829          return;
7830
7831     int top, bottom, left, right;
7832
7833 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7834     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7835     {
7836       int cw, ch;
7837       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7838
7839       // virtual coords of visible area
7840       //
7841       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7842       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7843     }
7844     else
7845     {
7846       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7847       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7848       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7849       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7850     }
7851 #else
7852       int cw, ch;
7853       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7854       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7855       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7856 #endif
7857
7858     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7859     //
7860     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7861     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7862
7863     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7864     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7865     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7866     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7867     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7868
7869     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7870
7871     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7872     wxRect rect;
7873
7874     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7875     {
7876         int colPos;
7877         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7878         {
7879             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7880
7881             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7882             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7883             {
7884                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7885                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7886                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7887             }
7888             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7889             {
7890                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7891                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7892                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7893             }
7894         }
7895     }
7896
7897     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7898
7899
7900     // horizontal grid lines
7901     //
7902     // already declared above - int i;
7903     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7904     {
7905         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7906
7907         if ( bot > bottom )
7908         {
7909             break;
7910         }
7911
7912         if ( bot >= top )
7913         {
7914             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7915             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7916         }
7917     }
7918
7919     // vertical grid lines
7920     //
7921     int colPos;
7922     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7923     {
7924         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7925
7926         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7927 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7928         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7929 #endif
7930             colRight--;
7931
7932         if ( colRight > right )
7933         {
7934             break;
7935         }
7936
7937         if ( colRight >= left )
7938         {
7939             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7940             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7941         }
7942     }
7943
7944     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7945 }
7946
7947 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7948 {
7949     if ( !m_numRows )
7950         return;
7951
7952     size_t i;
7953     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7954
7955     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7956     {
7957         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7958     }
7959 }
7960
7961 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7962 {
7963     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7964         return;
7965
7966     wxRect rect;
7967
7968     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7969         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7970
7971     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7972     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7973     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7974     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7975
7976     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7977     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7978     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7979
7980     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7981     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7982     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7983
7984     int hAlign, vAlign;
7985     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7986
7987     rect.SetX( 2 );
7988     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7989     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7990     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7991     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7992 }
7993
7994 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7995 {
7996     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7997     if (native)
7998     {
7999         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
8000         SetColLabelSize( height );
8001     }
8002
8003     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8004 }
8005
8006 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
8007 {
8008     if ( !m_numCols )
8009         return;
8010
8011     size_t i;
8012     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
8013
8014     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8015     {
8016         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
8017     }
8018 }
8019
8020 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
8021 {
8022     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
8023         return;
8024
8025     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8026
8027     wxRect rect;
8028
8029     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
8030     {
8031         rect.SetX( colLeft);
8032         rect.SetY( 0 );
8033         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
8034         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
8035
8036         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8037         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
8038     }
8039     else
8040     {
8041         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8042
8043         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
8044         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8045         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8046         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8047                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8048
8049         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8050         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8051         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8052     }
8053
8054     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8055     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8056     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8057
8058     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8059     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8060     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8061
8062     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8063     rect.SetY( 2 );
8064     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8065     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8066     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8067 }
8068
8069 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8070                                 const wxString& value,
8071                                 const wxRect& rect,
8072                                 int horizAlign,
8073                                 int vertAlign,
8074                                 int textOrientation )
8075 {
8076     wxArrayString lines;
8077
8078     StringToLines( value, lines );
8079
8080     // Forward to new API.
8081     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8082         lines,
8083         rect,
8084         horizAlign,
8085         vertAlign,
8086         textOrientation );
8087 }
8088
8089 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8090 //     add textOrientation support
8091 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8092                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8093                                const wxRect& rect,
8094                                int horizAlign,
8095                                int vertAlign,
8096                                int textOrientation)
8097 {
8098     if ( lines.empty() )
8099         return;
8100
8101     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8102
8103     long textWidth,
8104          textHeight;
8105
8106     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8107         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8108     else
8109         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8110
8111     int x = 0,
8112         y = 0;
8113     switch ( vertAlign )
8114     {
8115         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8116             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8117                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8118             else
8119                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8120             break;
8121
8122         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8123             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8124                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8125             else
8126                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8127             break;
8128
8129         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8130         default:
8131             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8132                 y = rect.y + 1;
8133             else
8134                 x = rect.x + 1;
8135             break;
8136     }
8137
8138     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8139     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8140     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8141     {
8142         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8143
8144         if ( line.empty() )
8145         {
8146             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8147             continue;
8148         }
8149
8150         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8151              lineHeight = 0;
8152         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8153
8154         switch ( horizAlign )
8155         {
8156             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8157                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8158                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8159                 else
8160                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8161                 break;
8162
8163             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8164                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8165                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8166                 else
8167                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8168                 break;
8169
8170             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8171             default:
8172                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8173                     x = rect.x + 1;
8174                 else
8175                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8176                 break;
8177         }
8178
8179         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8180         {
8181             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8182             y += lineHeight;
8183         }
8184         else
8185         {
8186             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8187             x += lineHeight;
8188         }
8189     }
8190 }
8191
8192 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8193 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8194 //
8195 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8196 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8197 {
8198     int startPos = 0;
8199     int pos;
8200     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8201     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8202
8203     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8204     {
8205         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8206         if ( pos < 0 )
8207         {
8208             break;
8209         }
8210         else if ( pos == 0 )
8211         {
8212             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8213         }
8214         else
8215         {
8216             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8217         }
8218
8219         startPos += pos + 1;
8220     }
8221
8222     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8223     {
8224         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8225     }
8226 }
8227
8228 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8229                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8230                              long *width, long *height ) const
8231 {
8232     wxCoord w = 0;
8233     wxCoord h = 0;
8234     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8235
8236     size_t i;
8237     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8238     {
8239         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8240         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8241         h += lineH;
8242     }
8243
8244     *width = w;
8245     *height = h;
8246 }
8247
8248 //
8249 // ------ Batch processing.
8250 //
8251 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8252 {
8253     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8254     {
8255         m_batchCount--;
8256         if ( !m_batchCount )
8257         {
8258             CalcDimensions();
8259             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8260             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8261             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8262             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8263         }
8264     }
8265 }
8266
8267 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8268 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8269 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8270 //
8271 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8272 {
8273     BeginBatch();
8274     EndBatch();
8275 }
8276
8277 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8278 {
8279     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8280         return false;
8281
8282     // redraw in the new state
8283     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8284
8285     return true;
8286 }
8287
8288 //
8289 // ------ Edit control functions
8290 //
8291
8292 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8293 {
8294     // TODO: improve this ?
8295     //
8296     if ( edit != m_editable )
8297     {
8298         if (!edit)
8299             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8300         m_editable = edit;
8301     }
8302 }
8303
8304 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8305 {
8306     if (! m_editable)
8307         return;
8308
8309     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8310     {
8311         if ( enable )
8312         {
8313             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8314                 return;
8315
8316             // this should be checked by the caller!
8317             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8318
8319             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8320             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8321
8322             ShowCellEditControl();
8323         }
8324         else
8325         {
8326             //FIXME:add veto support
8327             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8328
8329             HideCellEditControl();
8330             SaveEditControlValue();
8331
8332             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8333             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8334         }
8335     }
8336 }
8337
8338 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8339 {
8340     // const_cast
8341     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8342     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8343     attr->DecRef();
8344
8345     return readonly;
8346 }
8347
8348 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8349 {
8350     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8351         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8352 }
8353
8354 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8355 {
8356     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8357     // current one if it's read only
8358     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8359 }
8360
8361 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8362 {
8363     bool isShown = false;
8364
8365     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8366     {
8367         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8368         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8369         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8370         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8371         attr->DecRef();
8372
8373         if ( editor )
8374         {
8375             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8376             {
8377                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8378             }
8379
8380             editor->DecRef();
8381         }
8382     }
8383
8384     return isShown;
8385 }
8386
8387 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8388 {
8389     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8390     {
8391         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8392         {
8393             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8394             return;
8395         }
8396         else
8397         {
8398             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8399             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8400             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8401
8402             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8403             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8404             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8405             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8406             {
8407                 row += cell_rows;
8408                 col += cell_cols;
8409                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8410                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8411             }
8412
8413             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8414             // might not cover the entire cell
8415             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8416             PrepareDC( dc );
8417             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8418             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8419             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8420             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8421
8422             // convert to scrolled coords
8423             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8424
8425             int nXMove = 0;
8426             if (rect.x < 0)
8427                 nXMove = rect.x;
8428
8429             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8430             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8431             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8432             // "don't change."
8433             if (rect.x > 0)
8434                 rect.x--;
8435             if (rect.y > 0)
8436                 rect.y--;
8437
8438             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8439             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8440             {
8441                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8442                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8443
8444                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8445                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8446                                              this,
8447                                              row,
8448                                              col,
8449                                              editor->GetControl());
8450                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8451             }
8452
8453             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8454             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8455             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8456             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8457             {
8458                 int y;
8459                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8460                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8461                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8462             }
8463
8464             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8465             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8466                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8467
8468             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8469             {
8470                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8471                 // may have changed earlier
8472                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8473                 {
8474                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8475                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8476
8477                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8478                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8479                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8480                     {
8481                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8482                     }
8483                     else
8484                         break;
8485                 }
8486
8487                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8488                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8489             }
8490
8491             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8492             editor->SetSize( rect );
8493             if (nXMove != 0)
8494                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8495                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8496                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8497             editor->Show( true, attr );
8498
8499             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8500             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8501             CalcDimensions();
8502
8503             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8504             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8505
8506             editor->DecRef();
8507             attr->DecRef();
8508         }
8509     }
8510 }
8511
8512 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8513 {
8514     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8515     {
8516         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8517         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8518
8519         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8520         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8521         const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
8522         editor->Show( false );
8523         editor->DecRef();
8524         attr->DecRef();
8525
8526         // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
8527         //
8528         // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
8529         // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
8530         // editor precisely because we lost focus
8531         if ( editorHadFocus )
8532             m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8533
8534         // refresh whole row to the right
8535         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8536         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8537         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8538
8539 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8540         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8541         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8542 #endif
8543
8544         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8545     }
8546 }
8547
8548 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8549 {
8550     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8551     {
8552         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8553         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8554
8555         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8556
8557         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8558         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8559         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8560
8561         editor->DecRef();
8562         attr->DecRef();
8563
8564         if (changed)
8565         {
8566             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8567                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8568                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8569             {
8570                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8571                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8572             }
8573         }
8574     }
8575 }
8576
8577 //
8578 // ------ Grid location functions
8579 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8580 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8581 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8582 //
8583
8584 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8585 {
8586     int row = YToRow(y);
8587     int col = XToCol(x);
8588
8589     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8590     {
8591         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8592     }
8593     else
8594     {
8595         coords.Set( row, col );
8596     }
8597 }
8598
8599 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8600 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8601 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8602 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8603
8604 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8605                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8606                            bool clipToMinMax)
8607 {
8608     if (coord < 0)
8609         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8610
8611     if (!defaultDist)
8612         defaultDist = 1;
8613
8614     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8615            i_min = 0;
8616
8617     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8618     {
8619         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8620             return i_max;
8621         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8622     }
8623
8624     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8625     {
8626         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8627     }
8628     else
8629     {
8630         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8631         {
8632             i_min = i_max;
8633             if (minDist)
8634                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8635             else
8636                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8637         }
8638
8639         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8640             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8641     }
8642
8643     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8644         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8645     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8646         return 0;
8647
8648     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8649     {
8650         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8651                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8652         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8653             return i_max;
8654         else
8655             i_max--;
8656         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8657         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8658             i_max = median;
8659         else
8660             i_min = median;
8661     }
8662
8663     return i_max;
8664 }
8665
8666 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8667 {
8668     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8669                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8670 }
8671
8672 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8673 {
8674     if (x < 0)
8675         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8676
8677     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8678
8679     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8680     int minPos = 0;
8681
8682     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8683     {
8684         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8685             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8686         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8687     }
8688
8689     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8690         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8691     else
8692     {
8693         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8694         {
8695             minPos = maxPos;
8696             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8697                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8698             else
8699                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8700         }
8701         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8702             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8703     }
8704
8705     //X is beyond the last column
8706     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8707         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8708
8709     //X is before the first column
8710     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8711         return GetColAt( 0 );
8712
8713     //Perform a binary search
8714     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8715     {
8716         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8717                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8718
8719         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8720             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8721         else
8722             maxPos--;
8723         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8724         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8725             maxPos = median;
8726         else
8727             minPos = median;
8728     }
8729     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8730 }
8731
8732 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8733 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8734 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8735 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8736 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8737 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8738 //        near the edge).
8739 //   and
8740 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8741 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8742 //
8743 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8744 {
8745     int i;
8746     i = internalYToRow(y);
8747
8748     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8749     {
8750         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8751         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8752         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8753             return i;
8754         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8755             return i - 1;
8756     }
8757
8758     return -1;
8759 }
8760
8761 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8762 // -1 if not near an edge
8763 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8764 //
8765 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8766 {
8767     int i;
8768     i = internalXToCol(x);
8769
8770     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8771     {
8772         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8773         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8774         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8775             return i;
8776         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8777             return i - 1;
8778     }
8779
8780     return -1;
8781 }
8782
8783 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8784 {
8785     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8786
8787     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8788          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8789     {
8790         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8791         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8792         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8793         // if negative then find multicell owner
8794         if (cell_rows < 0)
8795             row += cell_rows;
8796         if (cell_cols < 0)
8797              col += cell_cols;
8798         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8799
8800         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8801         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8802         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8803             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8804         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8805             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8806     }
8807
8808     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8809     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8810     {
8811         rect.width -= 1;
8812         rect.height -= 1;
8813     }
8814
8815     return rect;
8816 }
8817
8818 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8819 {
8820     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8821     //
8822     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8823
8824     // convert to device coords
8825     //
8826     int left, top, right, bottom;
8827     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8828     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8829
8830     // check against the client area of the grid window
8831     int cw, ch;
8832     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8833
8834     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8835     {
8836         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8837         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8838                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8839     }
8840     else
8841     {
8842         // is the cell partly visible ?
8843         //
8844         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8845                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8846     }
8847 }
8848
8849 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8850 // of scrolling
8851 //
8852 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8853 {
8854     int i;
8855     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8856
8857     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8858          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8859     {
8860         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8861         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8862
8863         // convert to device coords
8864         int left, top, right, bottom;
8865         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8866         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8867
8868         int cw, ch;
8869         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8870
8871         if ( top < 0 )
8872         {
8873             ypos = r.GetTop();
8874         }
8875         else if ( bottom > ch )
8876         {
8877             int h = r.GetHeight();
8878             ypos = r.GetTop();
8879             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8880             {
8881                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8882                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8883                     break;
8884
8885                 h += rowHeight;
8886                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8887             }
8888
8889             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8890             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8891             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8892             //
8893             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8894             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8895             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8896         }
8897
8898         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8899         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8900         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8901 //      if ( left < 0 )
8902         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8903         {
8904             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8905         }
8906         else if ( right > cw )
8907         {
8908             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8909             int x0, y0;
8910             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8911             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8912
8913             // see comment for ypos above
8914             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8915         }
8916
8917         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8918         {
8919             if ( xpos != -1 )
8920                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8921             if ( ypos != -1 )
8922                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8923             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8924             AdjustScrollbars();
8925         }
8926     }
8927 }
8928
8929 //
8930 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8931 //
8932
8933 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8934 {
8935     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8936          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8937     {
8938         if ( expandSelection )
8939         {
8940             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8941                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8942             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8943             {
8944                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8945                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8946                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8947                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8948             }
8949         }
8950         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8951         {
8952             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8953             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8954             ClearSelection();
8955             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8956             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8957         }
8958         else
8959             return false;
8960
8961         return true;
8962     }
8963
8964     return false;
8965 }
8966
8967 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8968 {
8969     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8970          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8971     {
8972         if ( expandSelection )
8973         {
8974             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8975                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8976             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8977             {
8978                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8979                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8980                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8981                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8982             }
8983         }
8984         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8985         {
8986             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8987             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8988             ClearSelection();
8989             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8990             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8991         }
8992         else
8993             return false;
8994
8995         return true;
8996     }
8997
8998     return false;
8999 }
9000
9001 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
9002 {
9003     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9004          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
9005     {
9006         if ( expandSelection )
9007         {
9008             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9009                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9010             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
9011             {
9012                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
9013                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9014                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9015                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9016             }
9017         }
9018         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
9019         {
9020             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9021             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
9022             ClearSelection();
9023
9024             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9025             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9026         }
9027         else
9028             return false;
9029
9030         return true;
9031     }
9032
9033     return false;
9034 }
9035
9036 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
9037 {
9038     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9039          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9040     {
9041         if ( expandSelection )
9042         {
9043             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9044                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9045             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9046             {
9047                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9048                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9049                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9050                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9051             }
9052         }
9053         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9054         {
9055             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9056             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9057             ClearSelection();
9058
9059             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9060             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9061         }
9062         else
9063             return false;
9064
9065         return true;
9066     }
9067
9068     return false;
9069 }
9070
9071 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9072 {
9073     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9074         return false;
9075
9076     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9077     if ( row > 0 )
9078     {
9079         int cw, ch;
9080         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9081
9082         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9083         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9084
9085         if ( newRow == row )
9086         {
9087             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9088             newRow = row - 1;
9089         }
9090
9091         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9092         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9093
9094         return true;
9095     }
9096
9097     return false;
9098 }
9099
9100 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9101 {
9102     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9103         return false;
9104
9105     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9106     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9107     {
9108         int cw, ch;
9109         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9110
9111         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9112         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9113         if ( newRow == row )
9114         {
9115             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9116             newRow = row + 1;
9117         }
9118
9119         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9120         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9121
9122         return true;
9123     }
9124
9125     return false;
9126 }
9127
9128 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9129 {
9130     if ( m_table &&
9131          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9132          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9133     {
9134         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9135         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9136
9137         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9138         {
9139             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9140             // non-empty cells
9141             //
9142             while ( row > 0 )
9143             {
9144                 row--;
9145                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9146                     break;
9147             }
9148         }
9149         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9150         {
9151             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9152             //
9153             row--;
9154             while ( row > 0 )
9155             {
9156                 row--;
9157                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9158                     break;
9159             }
9160         }
9161         else
9162         {
9163             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9164             //
9165             while ( row > 0 )
9166             {
9167                 row--;
9168                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9169                 {
9170                     row++;
9171                     break;
9172                 }
9173             }
9174         }
9175
9176         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9177         if ( expandSelection )
9178         {
9179             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9180             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9181         }
9182         else
9183         {
9184             ClearSelection();
9185             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9186         }
9187
9188         return true;
9189     }
9190
9191     return false;
9192 }
9193
9194 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9195 {
9196     if ( m_table &&
9197          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9198          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9199     {
9200         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9201         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9202
9203         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9204         {
9205             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9206             // non-empty cells
9207             //
9208             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9209             {
9210                 row++;
9211                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9212                     break;
9213             }
9214         }
9215         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9216         {
9217             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9218             //
9219             row++;
9220             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9221             {
9222                 row++;
9223                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9224                     break;
9225             }
9226         }
9227         else
9228         {
9229             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9230             //
9231             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9232             {
9233                 row++;
9234                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9235                 {
9236                     row--;
9237                     break;
9238                 }
9239             }
9240         }
9241
9242         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9243         if ( expandSelection )
9244         {
9245             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9246             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9247         }
9248         else
9249         {
9250             ClearSelection();
9251             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9252         }
9253
9254         return true;
9255     }
9256
9257     return false;
9258 }
9259
9260 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9261 {
9262     if ( m_table &&
9263          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9264          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9265     {
9266         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9267         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9268
9269         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9270         {
9271             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9272             // non-empty cells
9273             //
9274             while ( col > 0 )
9275             {
9276                 col--;
9277                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9278                     break;
9279             }
9280         }
9281         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9282         {
9283             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9284             //
9285             col--;
9286             while ( col > 0 )
9287             {
9288                 col--;
9289                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9290                     break;
9291             }
9292         }
9293         else
9294         {
9295             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9296             //
9297             while ( col > 0 )
9298             {
9299                 col--;
9300                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9301                 {
9302                     col++;
9303                     break;
9304                 }
9305             }
9306         }
9307
9308         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9309         if ( expandSelection )
9310         {
9311             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9312             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9313         }
9314         else
9315         {
9316             ClearSelection();
9317             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9318         }
9319
9320         return true;
9321     }
9322
9323     return false;
9324 }
9325
9326 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9327 {
9328     if ( m_table &&
9329          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9330          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9331     {
9332         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9333         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9334
9335         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9336         {
9337             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9338             // non-empty cells
9339             //
9340             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9341             {
9342                 col++;
9343                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9344                     break;
9345             }
9346         }
9347         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9348         {
9349             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9350             //
9351             col++;
9352             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9353             {
9354                 col++;
9355                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9356                     break;
9357             }
9358         }
9359         else
9360         {
9361             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9362             //
9363             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9364             {
9365                 col++;
9366                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9367                 {
9368                     col--;
9369                     break;
9370                 }
9371             }
9372         }
9373
9374         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9375         if ( expandSelection )
9376         {
9377             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9378             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9379         }
9380         else
9381         {
9382             ClearSelection();
9383             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9384         }
9385
9386         return true;
9387     }
9388
9389     return false;
9390 }
9391
9392 //
9393 // ------ Label values and formatting
9394 //
9395
9396 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9397 {
9398     if ( horiz )
9399         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9400     if ( vert )
9401         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9402 }
9403
9404 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9405 {
9406     if ( horiz )
9407         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9408     if ( vert )
9409         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9410 }
9411
9412 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9413 {
9414     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9415 }
9416
9417 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9418 {
9419     if ( m_table )
9420     {
9421         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9422     }
9423     else
9424     {
9425         wxString s;
9426         s << row;
9427         return s;
9428     }
9429 }
9430
9431 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9432 {
9433     if ( m_table )
9434     {
9435         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9436     }
9437     else
9438     {
9439         wxString s;
9440         s << col;
9441         return s;
9442     }
9443 }
9444
9445 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9446 {
9447     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9448
9449     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9450     {
9451         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9452     }
9453
9454     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9455     {
9456         if ( width == 0 )
9457         {
9458             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9459             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9460         }
9461         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9462         {
9463             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9464             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9465                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9466         }
9467
9468         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9469         CalcWindowSizes();
9470         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9471     }
9472 }
9473
9474 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9475 {
9476     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9477
9478     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9479     {
9480         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9481     }
9482
9483     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9484     {
9485         if ( height == 0 )
9486         {
9487             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9488             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9489         }
9490         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9491         {
9492             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9493             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9494                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9495         }
9496
9497         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9498         CalcWindowSizes();
9499         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9500     }
9501 }
9502
9503 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9504 {
9505     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9506     {
9507         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9508         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9509         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9510         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9511
9512         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9513         {
9514             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9515             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9516             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9517         }
9518     }
9519 }
9520
9521 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9522 {
9523     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9524     {
9525         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9526         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9527         {
9528             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9529             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9530         }
9531     }
9532 }
9533
9534 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9535 {
9536     m_labelFont = font;
9537     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9538     {
9539         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9540         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9541     }
9542 }
9543
9544 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9545 {
9546     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9547     switch ( horiz )
9548     {
9549         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9550         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9551         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9552     }
9553
9554     switch ( vert )
9555     {
9556         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9557         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9558         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9559     }
9560
9561     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9562     {
9563         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9564     }
9565
9566     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9567     {
9568         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9569     }
9570
9571     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9572     {
9573         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9574     }
9575 }
9576
9577 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9578 {
9579     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9580     switch ( horiz )
9581     {
9582         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9583         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9584         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9585     }
9586
9587     switch ( vert )
9588     {
9589         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9590         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9591         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9592     }
9593
9594     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9595     {
9596         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9597     }
9598
9599     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9600     {
9601         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9602     }
9603
9604     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9605     {
9606         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9607     }
9608 }
9609
9610 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9611 //       does not support vertical printing
9612 //
9613 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9614 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9615 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9616 //
9617 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9618 {
9619     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9620         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9621
9622     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9623         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9624 }
9625
9626 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9627 {
9628     if ( m_table )
9629     {
9630         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9631         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9632         {
9633             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9634             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9635             {
9636                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9637                 rect.x = 0;
9638                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9639                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9640             }
9641         }
9642     }
9643 }
9644
9645 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9646 {
9647     if ( m_table )
9648     {
9649         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9650         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9651         {
9652             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9653             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9654             {
9655                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9656                 rect.y = 0;
9657                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9658                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9659             }
9660         }
9661     }
9662 }
9663
9664 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9665 {
9666     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9667     {
9668         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9669
9670         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9671         PrepareDC( dc );
9672         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9673     }
9674 }
9675
9676 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9677 {
9678     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9679     {
9680         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9681
9682         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9683         PrepareDC( dc );
9684         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9685         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9686         attr->DecRef();
9687     }
9688 }
9689
9690 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9691 {
9692     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9693     {
9694         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9695
9696         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9697         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9698         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9699         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9700         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9701             return;
9702
9703         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9704         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9705     }
9706 }
9707
9708 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9709 {
9710     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9711     {
9712         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9713
9714         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9715         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9716         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9717         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9718         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9719                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9720             return;
9721
9722         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9723         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9724     }
9725 }
9726
9727 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9728 {
9729     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9730     {
9731         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9732
9733         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9734         {
9735             if ( enable )
9736             {
9737                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9738                 PrepareDC( dc );
9739                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9740             }
9741             else
9742             {
9743                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9744             }
9745         }
9746     }
9747 }
9748
9749 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9750 {
9751     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9752 }
9753
9754 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9755 {
9756     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9757
9758     return GetRowHeight(row);
9759 }
9760
9761 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9762 {
9763     return m_defaultColWidth;
9764 }
9765
9766 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9767 {
9768     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9769
9770     return GetColWidth(col);
9771 }
9772
9773 // ============================================================================
9774 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9775 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9776 // ============================================================================
9777
9778 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9779 // setting default attributes
9780 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9781
9782 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9783 {
9784     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9785 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9786     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9787 #endif
9788 }
9789
9790 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9791 {
9792     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9793 }
9794
9795 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9796 {
9797     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9798 }
9799
9800 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9801 {
9802     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9803 }
9804
9805 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9806 {
9807     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9808 }
9809
9810 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9811 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9812 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9813 // work correctly.
9814
9815 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9816 {
9817     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9818                      renderer,
9819                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9820 }
9821
9822 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9823 {
9824     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9825                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9826                      editor);
9827 }
9828
9829 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9830 // access to the default attributes
9831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9832
9833 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9834 {
9835     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9836 }
9837
9838 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9839 {
9840     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9841 }
9842
9843 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9844 {
9845     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9846 }
9847
9848 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9849 {
9850     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9851 }
9852
9853 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9854 {
9855     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9856 }
9857
9858 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9859 {
9860     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9861 }
9862
9863 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9864 {
9865     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9866 }
9867
9868 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9869 // access to cell attributes
9870 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9871
9872 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9873 {
9874     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9875     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9876     attr->DecRef();
9877
9878     return colour;
9879 }
9880
9881 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9882 {
9883     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9884     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9885     attr->DecRef();
9886
9887     return colour;
9888 }
9889
9890 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9891 {
9892     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9893     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9894     attr->DecRef();
9895
9896     return font;
9897 }
9898
9899 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9900 {
9901     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9902     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9903     attr->DecRef();
9904 }
9905
9906 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9907 {
9908     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9909     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9910     attr->DecRef();
9911
9912     return allow;
9913 }
9914
9915 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9916 {
9917     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9918     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9919     attr->DecRef();
9920 }
9921
9922 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9923 {
9924     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9925     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9926     attr->DecRef();
9927
9928     return renderer;
9929 }
9930
9931 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9932 {
9933     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9934     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9935     attr->DecRef();
9936
9937     return editor;
9938 }
9939
9940 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9941 {
9942     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9943     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9944     attr->DecRef();
9945
9946     return isReadOnly;
9947 }
9948
9949 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9950 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9951 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9952
9953 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9954 {
9955     if ( !m_table )
9956     {
9957         return false;
9958     }
9959
9960     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9961 }
9962
9963 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9964 {
9965     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9966     {
9967         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9968         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9969         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9970         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9971         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9972         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9973         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9974         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9975     }
9976 }
9977
9978 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9979 {
9980     if ( attr != NULL )
9981     {
9982         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9983
9984         self->ClearAttrCache();
9985         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9986         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9987         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9988         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9989     }
9990 }
9991
9992 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9993 {
9994     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9995     {
9996         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9997         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9998
9999 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
10000         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
10001 #endif
10002
10003         return true;
10004     }
10005     else
10006     {
10007 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
10008         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
10009 #endif
10010
10011         return false;
10012     }
10013 }
10014
10015 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10016 {
10017     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
10018     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
10019     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
10020     if ( row >= 0 )
10021     {
10022         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
10023         {
10024             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
10025                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10026             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
10027         }
10028     }
10029
10030     if (attr)
10031     {
10032         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10033     }
10034     else
10035     {
10036         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
10037         attr->IncRef();
10038     }
10039
10040     return attr;
10041 }
10042
10043 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10044 {
10045     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10046     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10047
10048     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10049     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10050
10051     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10052     if ( !attr )
10053     {
10054         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10055
10056         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10057         attr->IncRef();
10058         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10059     }
10060
10061     return attr;
10062 }
10063
10064 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10065 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10066 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10067
10068 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10069 {
10070     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10071 }
10072
10073 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10074 {
10075     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10076 }
10077
10078 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10079 {
10080     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10081     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10082     {
10083         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10084     }
10085
10086     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10087 }
10088
10089 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10090 {
10091     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10092     if (!attr)
10093         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10094     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10095     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10096     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10097     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10098
10099     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10100
10101 }
10102
10103 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10104 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10106
10107 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10108 {
10109     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10110     {
10111         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10112         ClearAttrCache();
10113     }
10114     else
10115     {
10116         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10117     }
10118 }
10119
10120 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10121 {
10122     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10123     {
10124         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10125         ClearAttrCache();
10126     }
10127     else
10128     {
10129         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10130     }
10131 }
10132
10133 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10134 {
10135     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10136     {
10137         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10138         ClearAttrCache();
10139     }
10140     else
10141     {
10142         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10143     }
10144 }
10145
10146 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10147 {
10148     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10149     {
10150         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10151         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10152         attr->DecRef();
10153     }
10154 }
10155
10156 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10157 {
10158     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10159     {
10160         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10161         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10162         attr->DecRef();
10163     }
10164 }
10165
10166 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10167 {
10168     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10169     {
10170         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10171         attr->SetFont(font);
10172         attr->DecRef();
10173     }
10174 }
10175
10176 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10177 {
10178     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10179     {
10180         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10181         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10182         attr->DecRef();
10183     }
10184 }
10185
10186 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10187 {
10188     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10189     {
10190         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10191         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10192         attr->DecRef();
10193     }
10194 }
10195
10196 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10197 {
10198     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10199     {
10200         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10201
10202         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10203         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10204         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10205         attr->DecRef();
10206
10207         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10208         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10209         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10210         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10211         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10212                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10213         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10214                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10215
10216         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10217         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10218         {
10219             int i, j;
10220             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10221             {
10222                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10223                 {
10224                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10225                     {
10226                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10227                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10228                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10229                     }
10230                 }
10231             }
10232         }
10233
10234         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10235         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10236         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10237         {
10238             int i, j;
10239             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10240             {
10241                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10242                 {
10243                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10244                     {
10245                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10246                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10247                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10248                     }
10249                 }
10250             }
10251         }
10252     }
10253 }
10254
10255 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10256 {
10257     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10258     {
10259         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10260         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10261         attr->DecRef();
10262     }
10263 }
10264
10265 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10266 {
10267     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10268     {
10269         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10270         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10271         attr->DecRef();
10272     }
10273 }
10274
10275 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10276 {
10277     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10278     {
10279         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10280         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10281         attr->DecRef();
10282     }
10283 }
10284
10285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10286 // Data type registration
10287 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10288
10289 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10290                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10291                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10292 {
10293     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10294 }
10295
10296
10297 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10298 {
10299     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10300     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10301 }
10302
10303 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10304 {
10305     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10306     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10307 }
10308
10309 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10310 {
10311     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10312     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10313     {
10314         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10315
10316         return NULL;
10317     }
10318
10319     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10320 }
10321
10322 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10323 {
10324     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10325     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10326     {
10327         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10328
10329         return NULL;
10330     }
10331
10332     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10333 }
10334
10335 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10336 // row/col size
10337 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10338
10339 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10340 {
10341     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10342 }
10343
10344 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10345 {
10346     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10347 }
10348
10349 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10350 {
10351     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10352 }
10353
10354 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10355 {
10356     m_canDragCell = enable;
10357 }
10358
10359 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10360 {
10361     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10362
10363     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10364     {
10365         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10366         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10367         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10368         // some speed optimisations)
10369         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10370         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10371         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10372             CalcDimensions();
10373     }
10374 }
10375
10376 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10377 {
10378     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10379
10380     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10381     if ( height < 0 )
10382     {
10383         long w, h;
10384         wxArrayString lines;
10385         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10386         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10387         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10388         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10389         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10390         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10391     }
10392
10393     // See comment in SetColSize
10394     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10395         return;
10396
10397     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10398     {
10399         // need to really create the array
10400         InitRowHeights();
10401     }
10402
10403     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10404     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10405
10406     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10407     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10408     {
10409         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10410     }
10411
10412     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10413         CalcDimensions();
10414 }
10415
10416 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10417 {
10418     // we dont allow zero default column width
10419     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10420
10421     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10422     {
10423         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10424         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10425         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10426         // some speed optimisations)
10427         m_colWidths.Empty();
10428         m_colRights.Empty();
10429         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10430             CalcDimensions();
10431     }
10432 }
10433
10434 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10435 {
10436     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10437
10438     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10439     if ( width < 0 )
10440     {
10441         long w, h;
10442         wxArrayString lines;
10443         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10444         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10445         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10446         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10447             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10448         else
10449             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10450         width = w + 6;
10451         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10452         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10453     }
10454
10455     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10456     //                                                                 (VZ)
10457     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10458     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10459     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10460     //
10461     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10462
10463     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10464         return;
10465
10466     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10467     {
10468         // need to really create the array
10469         InitColWidths();
10470     }
10471
10472     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10473     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10474     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10475
10476     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10477     {
10478         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10479     }
10480
10481     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10482         CalcDimensions();
10483 }
10484
10485 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10486 {
10487     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10488     {
10489         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10490         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10491     }
10492 }
10493
10494 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10495 {
10496     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10497     {
10498         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10499         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10500     }
10501 }
10502
10503 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10504 {
10505     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10506     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10507
10508     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10509 }
10510
10511 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10512 {
10513     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10514     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10515
10516     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10517 }
10518
10519 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10520 {
10521     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10522     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10523     if ( width >= 0 )
10524         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10525 }
10526
10527 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10528 {
10529     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10530     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10531     if ( height >= 0 )
10532         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10533 }
10534
10535 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10536 {
10537     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10538 }
10539
10540 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10541 {
10542     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10543 }
10544
10545 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10546 // auto sizing
10547 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10548
10549 void
10550 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10551 {
10552     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10553
10554     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10555
10556     // cancel editing of cell
10557     HideCellEditControl();
10558     SaveEditControlValue();
10559
10560     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10561     int row = -1,
10562         col = -1;
10563     if ( column )
10564         col = colOrRow;
10565     else
10566         row = colOrRow;
10567
10568     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10569     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10570     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10571     {
10572         if ( column )
10573             row = rowOrCol;
10574         else
10575             col = rowOrCol;
10576
10577         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10578         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10579         if ( renderer )
10580         {
10581             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10582             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10583             if ( extent > extentMax )
10584                 extentMax = extent;
10585
10586             renderer->DecRef();
10587         }
10588
10589         attr->DecRef();
10590     }
10591
10592     // now also compare with the column label extent
10593     wxCoord w, h;
10594     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10595
10596     if ( column )
10597     {
10598         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10599         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10600             w = h;
10601     }
10602     else
10603         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10604
10605     extent = column ? w : h;
10606     if ( extent > extentMax )
10607         extentMax = extent;
10608
10609     if ( !extentMax )
10610     {
10611         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10612         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10613         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10614     }
10615     else
10616     {
10617         if ( column )
10618             // leave some space around text
10619             extentMax += 10;
10620         else
10621             extentMax += 6;
10622     }
10623
10624     if ( column )
10625     {
10626         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10627         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10628         // in SetColSize().
10629         if ( !setAsMin )
10630             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10631
10632         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10633         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10634         {
10635             int cw, ch, dummy;
10636             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10637             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10638             rect.y = 0;
10639             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10640             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10641             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10642             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10643         }
10644     }
10645     else
10646     {
10647         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10648         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10649         // in SetRowSize().
10650         if ( !setAsMin )
10651             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10652
10653         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10654         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10655         {
10656             int cw, ch, dummy;
10657             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10658             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10659             rect.x = 0;
10660             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10661             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10662             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10663             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10664         }
10665     }
10666
10667     if ( setAsMin )
10668     {
10669         if ( column )
10670             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10671         else
10672             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10673     }
10674 }
10675
10676 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10677 {
10678     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10679     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10680
10681     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10682                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10683     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10684
10685     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10686     //
10687     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10688     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10689     const bool
10690         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10691
10692     wxArrayString lines;
10693     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10694
10695     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10696     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10697     {
10698         lines.Clear();
10699
10700         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10701                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10702         StringToLines(label, lines);
10703
10704         long w, h;
10705         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10706
10707         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10708         if ( extent > extentMax )
10709             extentMax = extent;
10710     }
10711
10712     if ( !extentMax )
10713     {
10714         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10715         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10716         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10717                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10718     }
10719
10720     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10721     if ( calcRows )
10722         extentMax += 10;
10723     else
10724         extentMax += 6;
10725
10726     return extentMax;
10727 }
10728
10729 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10730 {
10731     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10732
10733     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10734     if(!calcOnly)
10735         locker.Create(this);
10736
10737     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10738     {
10739         if ( !calcOnly )
10740             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10741
10742         width += GetColWidth(col);
10743     }
10744
10745     return width;
10746 }
10747
10748 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10749 {
10750     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10751
10752     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10753     if(!calcOnly)
10754         locker.Create(this);
10755
10756     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10757     {
10758         if ( !calcOnly )
10759             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10760
10761         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10762     }
10763
10764     return height;
10765 }
10766
10767 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10768 {
10769     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10770
10771     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10772                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10773
10774     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10775     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10776     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10777     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10778
10779     // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars()
10780     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
10781
10782     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10783 }
10784
10785 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10786 {
10787     // Hide the edit control, so it
10788     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10789     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10790     {
10791         HideCellEditControl();
10792         SaveEditControlValue();
10793     }
10794
10795     // autosize row height depending on label text
10796     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10797     ForceRefresh();
10798 }
10799
10800 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10801 {
10802     // Hide the edit control, so it
10803     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10804     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10805     {
10806         HideCellEditControl();
10807         SaveEditControlValue();
10808     }
10809
10810     // autosize column width depending on label text
10811     SetColSize(col, -1);
10812     ForceRefresh();
10813 }
10814
10815 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10816 {
10817     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10818
10819     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10820     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10821     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10822                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10823
10824     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10825     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10826     // calculation.
10827     // CacheBestSize(size);
10828
10829     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10830             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10831 }
10832
10833 void wxGrid::Fit()
10834 {
10835     AutoSize();
10836 }
10837
10838 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10839 {
10840     return wxNullPen;
10841 }
10842
10843 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10844 // cell value accessor functions
10845 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10846
10847 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10848 {
10849     if ( m_table )
10850     {
10851         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10852         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10853         {
10854             int dummy;
10855             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10856             rect.x = 0;
10857             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10858             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10859             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10860         }
10861
10862         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10863              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10864              IsCellEditControlShown())
10865              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10866              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10867              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10868         {
10869             HideCellEditControl();
10870             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10871         }
10872     }
10873 }
10874
10875 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10876 // block, row and column selection
10877 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10878
10879 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10880 {
10881     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10882         ClearSelection();
10883
10884     if ( m_selection )
10885         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10886 }
10887
10888 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10889 {
10890     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10891         ClearSelection();
10892
10893     if ( m_selection )
10894         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10895 }
10896
10897 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10898                           bool addToSelected )
10899 {
10900     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10901         ClearSelection();
10902
10903     if ( m_selection )
10904         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10905                                   false, addToSelected );
10906 }
10907
10908 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10909 {
10910     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10911     {
10912         if ( m_selection )
10913             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10914     }
10915 }
10916
10917 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10918 // cell, row and col deselection
10919 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10920
10921 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10922 {
10923     if ( !m_selection )
10924         return;
10925
10926     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10927     {
10928         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10929             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10930     }
10931     else
10932     {
10933         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10934         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10935         {
10936             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10937                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10938         }
10939     }
10940 }
10941
10942 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10943 {
10944     if ( !m_selection )
10945         return;
10946
10947     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10948     {
10949         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10950             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10951     }
10952     else
10953     {
10954         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10955         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10956         {
10957             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10958                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10959         }
10960     }
10961 }
10962
10963 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10964 {
10965     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10966         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10967 }
10968
10969 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10970 {
10971     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10972              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10973                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10974 }
10975
10976 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10977 {
10978     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10979              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10980                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10981                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10982                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10983 }
10984
10985 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10986 {
10987     if (!m_selection)
10988     {
10989         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10990         return a;
10991     }
10992
10993     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10994 }
10995
10996 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10997 {
10998     if (!m_selection)
10999     {
11000         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11001         return a;
11002     }
11003
11004     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
11005 }
11006
11007 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
11008 {
11009     if (!m_selection)
11010     {
11011         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11012         return a;
11013     }
11014
11015     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11016 }
11017
11018 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11019 {
11020     if (!m_selection)
11021     {
11022         wxArrayInt a;
11023         return a;
11024     }
11025
11026     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11027 }
11028
11029 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11030 {
11031     if (!m_selection)
11032     {
11033         wxArrayInt a;
11034         return a;
11035     }
11036
11037     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11038 }
11039
11040 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11041 {
11042     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_selectingTopLeft, m_selectingBottomRight);
11043     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
11044     m_selectingTopLeft =
11045     m_selectingBottomRight =
11046     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11047     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11048     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11049     if ( m_selection )
11050         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11051 }
11052
11053 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11054 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11055 //
11056 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11057                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11058 {
11059     wxRect resultRect;
11060     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11061     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11062     {
11063         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11064     }
11065     else
11066     {
11067         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11068     }
11069
11070     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11071     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11072     {
11073         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11074     }
11075     else
11076     {
11077         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11078         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11079     }
11080
11081     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11082     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11083     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11084     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11085     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11086
11087     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11088     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11089     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11090     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11091
11092     if (left > right)
11093     {
11094         int tmp = left;
11095         left = right;
11096         right = tmp;
11097
11098         tmp = leftCol;
11099         leftCol = rightCol;
11100         rightCol = tmp;
11101     }
11102
11103     if (top > bottom)
11104     {
11105         int tmp = top;
11106         top = bottom;
11107         bottom = tmp;
11108
11109         tmp = topRow;
11110         topRow = bottomRow;
11111         bottomRow = tmp;
11112     }
11113
11114     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11115     int cw, ch;
11116     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11117
11118     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11119     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11120     int gridOriginX = 0;
11121     int gridOriginY = 0;
11122     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11123
11124     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11125     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11126
11127     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11128     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11129
11130     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11131     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11132     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11133     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11134     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11135     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11136     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11137     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11138
11139     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11140     {
11141         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11142         {
11143             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11144                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11145             {
11146                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11147
11148                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11149                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11150                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11151                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11152                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11153                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11154                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11155                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11156             }
11157             else
11158             {
11159                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11160             }
11161         }
11162     }
11163
11164     // Convert to scrolled coords
11165     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11166     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11167
11168     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11169         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11170
11171     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11172     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11173     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11174     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11175
11176     return resultRect;
11177 }
11178
11179 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11180 // drop target
11181 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11182
11183 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11184
11185 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11186 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11187 {
11188     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11189 }
11190
11191 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11192
11193 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11194 // grid event classes
11195 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11196
11197 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11198
11199 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11200                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11201                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11202         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11203 {
11204     m_row = row;
11205     m_col = col;
11206     m_x = x;
11207     m_y = y;
11208     m_selecting = sel;
11209     m_control = control;
11210     m_shift = shift;
11211     m_alt = alt;
11212     m_meta = meta;
11213
11214     SetEventObject(obj);
11215 }
11216
11217
11218 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11219
11220 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11221                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11222                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11223         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11224 {
11225     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11226     m_x = x;
11227     m_y = y;
11228     m_control = control;
11229     m_shift = shift;
11230     m_alt = alt;
11231     m_meta = meta;
11232
11233     SetEventObject(obj);
11234 }
11235
11236
11237 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11238
11239 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11240                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11241                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11242                                                bool sel, bool control,
11243                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11244         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11245 {
11246     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11247     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11248     m_selecting = sel;
11249     m_control = control;
11250     m_shift = shift;
11251     m_alt = alt;
11252     m_meta = meta;
11253
11254     SetEventObject(obj);
11255 }
11256
11257
11258 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11259
11260 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11261                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11262                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11263     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11264 {
11265     SetEventObject(obj);
11266     m_row = row;
11267     m_col = col;
11268     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11269 }
11270
11271 #endif // wxUSE_GRID